projects / deliverable / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
* config/tc-hppa.c (pa_ip): Check for invalid 64-bit conditions.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
20 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25 #include <stdio.h>
26
27 #include "as.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "subsegs.h"
30
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45
46 /* A "convient" place to put object file dependencies which do
47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
48
49 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
50 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
51
52 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
53 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
54 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
56
57 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
58 /* How to generate a relocation. */
59 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
60 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
61 #else
62 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
63 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
64 #endif
65
66 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
67 to store a copyright string. */
68 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
69 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
70
71 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
72 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
73
74 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
75 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
76 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
77 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
78 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
79 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
80
81 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
82 typedef int reloc_type;
83
84 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
85 #define obj_version obj_som_version
86 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
87
88 /* How to generate a relocation. */
89 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
90
91 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
92 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
93 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
94 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
95
96 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
97 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
98 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
99 #endif
100
101 #ifndef R_N0SEL
102 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
103 #endif
104
105 #ifndef R_N1SEL
106 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
107 #endif
108 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
109
110 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
112 #else
113 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
114 #endif
115
116 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
117
118 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
119
120 struct unwind_desc
121 {
122 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
123 unsigned int millicode:1;
124 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
125 unsigned int region_desc:2;
126 unsigned int save_sr:2;
127 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
128 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
129 unsigned int args_stored:1;
130 unsigned int call_fr:5;
131 unsigned int call_gr:5;
132 unsigned int save_sp:1;
133 unsigned int save_rp:1;
134 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
135 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
136 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
137
138 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
139 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
140 unsigned int reserved:3;
141 unsigned int frame_size:27;
142 };
143
144 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
145 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
146 object files. */
147 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
148 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
149 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
150 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
151 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
152 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
153 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
154 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
155 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
156 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
157 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
158 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
159 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
160 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
161 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
162 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
163
164 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
165 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
166 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
167 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
168
169 struct unwind_table
170 {
171 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
172 descriptor. */
173 unsigned int start_offset;
174 unsigned int end_offset;
175 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
176 };
177
178 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
179 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
180 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
181
182 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
183 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
184
185 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
186 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
187
188 struct call_info
189 {
190 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
191 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
192
193 /* Name of this function. */
194 symbolS *start_symbol;
195
196 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
197 symbolS *end_symbol;
198
199 /* Next entry in the chain. */
200 struct call_info *ci_next;
201 };
202
203 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
204 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
205 SGL and DBL). */
206 typedef enum
207 {
208 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
209 }
210 fp_operand_format;
211
212 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
213 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
214 (ELF has no need for it). */
215 typedef enum
216 {
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
224 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
225 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
226 }
227 pa_symbol_type;
228
229 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
230 individual instructions. */
231 struct pa_it
232 {
233 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
234 unsigned long opcode;
235
236 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
237 expressionS exp;
238
239 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
240 int pcrel;
241
242 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
243 fp_operand_format fpof1;
244 fp_operand_format fpof2;
245
246 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
247 int trunc;
248
249 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
250 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
251 long field_selector;
252
253 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
254 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
255 unsigned int arg_reloc;
256
257 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
258 int format;
259
260 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
261 reloc_type reloc;
262 };
263
264 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
265
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
270 +--------------+--------------+
271 | | |
272
273 . . .
274 . . .
275 . . .
276
277 | | |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
280 +--------------+--------------+
281 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
282 +--------------+--------------+ */
283
284 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
285 struct call_desc
286 {
287 /* The argument relocation specification. */
288 unsigned int arg_reloc;
289
290 /* Number of arguments. */
291 unsigned int arg_count;
292 };
293
294 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
295 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
296 chain. */
297
298 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
299 {
300 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
301 unsigned int ssd_defined;
302
303 /* Name of this subspace. */
304 char *ssd_name;
305
306 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
307 asection *ssd_seg;
308 int ssd_subseg;
309
310 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
311 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
312 };
313
314 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
315
316 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
317 chain. */
318
319 struct space_dictionary_chain
320 {
321 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
322 as a default space. */
323 unsigned int sd_defined;
324
325 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
326 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
327
328 /* The space number (or index). */
329 unsigned int sd_spnum;
330
331 /* The name of this subspace. */
332 char *sd_name;
333
334 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
335 asection *sd_seg;
336
337 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
338 int sd_last_subseg;
339
340 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
341 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
342
343 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
344 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
345 };
346
347 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
348
349 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
350 dictionary entries. */
351
352 struct default_subspace_dict
353 {
354 /* Name of the subspace. */
355 char *name;
356
357 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
358 char defined;
359
360 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
361 char loadable;
362
363 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
364 char code_only;
365
366 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
367 char common;
368
369 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
370 to be multiply defined. */
371 char dup_common;
372
373 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
374 char zero;
375
376 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
377 unsigned char sort;
378
379 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
380 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
381 int access;
382
383 /* Index of containing space. */
384 int space_index;
385
386 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
387 int alignment;
388
389 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
390 int quadrant;
391
392 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
393 int def_space_index;
394
395 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
396 subsegT subsegment;
397 };
398
399 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
400 dictionary entries. */
401
402 struct default_space_dict
403 {
404 /* Name of the space. */
405 char *name;
406
407 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
408 assembly code numerically! */
409 int spnum;
410
411 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
412 char loadable;
413
414 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
415 char defined;
416
417 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
418 char private;
419
420 /* Sort key for this space. */
421 unsigned char sort;
422
423 /* Segment associated with this space. */
424 asection *segment;
425 };
426 #endif
427
428 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
429 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
430 label. */
431 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
432 {
433 struct symbol *lss_label;
434 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
435 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
436 #endif
437 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
438 segT lss_segment;
439 #endif
440 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
441 }
442 label_symbol_struct;
443
444 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
445 struct hppa_fix_struct
446 {
447 /* The field selector. */
448 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
449
450 /* Type of fixup. */
451 int fx_r_type;
452
453 /* Format of fixup. */
454 int fx_r_format;
455
456 /* Argument relocation bits. */
457 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
458
459 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
460 segT segment;
461 };
462
463 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
464
465 struct pd_reg
466 {
467 char *name;
468 int value;
469 };
470
471 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
472 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
473 struct fp_cond_map
474 {
475 char *string;
476 int cond;
477 };
478
479 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
480 string to a field selector type. */
481 struct selector_entry
482 {
483 char *prefix;
484 int field_selector;
485 };
486
487 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
488
489 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
490 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace PARAMS ((void));
491 #endif
492
493 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
494 static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
495 static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
496 static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
497 #endif
498 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
499 static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
500 static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
501 static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
502 static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
503 static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
504 static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
505 static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
506 static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
507 static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
508 static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
509 static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
510 static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
511 static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
512 static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
513 static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
514 static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
515 static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
516 static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
517 static int pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
518 static int pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
519 static int pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
520 static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
521 static void pa_brtab PARAMS ((int));
522 static void pa_try PARAMS ((int));
523 static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
524 static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
525 static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
526 static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
527 static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
528 static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
529 static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
530 static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
531 static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
532 static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
533 static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
534 static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
535 static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
536 static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
537 static void pa_level PARAMS ((int));
538 static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
539 static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
540 static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
541 static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
542 static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
543 static int need_pa11_opcode PARAMS ((void));
544 static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, int));
545 static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
546 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
547 static int log2 PARAMS ((int));
548 static void pa_compiler PARAMS ((int));
549 static void pa_align PARAMS ((int));
550 static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
551 static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
552 static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
553 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, int,
554 int, int, int,
555 asection *, int));
556 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
557 char *, int, int,
558 int, int, int,
559 int, int, int, int,
560 int, asection *));
561 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
562 char *, int, int, int,
563 int, int, int, int,
564 int, int, int,
565 asection *));
566 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
567 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
568 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
569 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
570 subsegT));
571 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
572 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
573 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
574 static int pa_next_subseg PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *));
575 static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
576 #endif
577 static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
578 static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, int, symbolS *,
579 offsetT, expressionS *, int,
580 bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
581 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt,
582 int, unsigned int, int));
583 static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
584 static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
585 static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
586 static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
587 static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
588 static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
589 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_cnv_format PARAMS ((char **s));
590 static int pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer PARAMS ((char **));
591
592 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
593 static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
594 static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
595 static void pa_vtable_entry PARAMS ((int));
596 static void pa_vtable_inherit PARAMS ((int));
597 #endif
598
599 /* File and gloally scoped variable declarations. */
600
601 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
602 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
603 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
604 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
605
606 /* The current space and subspace. */
607 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
608 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
609 #endif
610
611 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
612 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
613
614 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
615 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
616 function labels. */
617 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
618
619 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
620 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
621
622 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
623 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
624
625 /* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
626 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
627 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
628 const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
629
630 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
631 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
632 dependent tables? */
633 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
634 {
635 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
636 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
637 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
638 {"align", pa_align, 8},
639 #endif
640 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
641 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
642 #endif
643 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
644 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
645 {"block", pa_block, 1},
646 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
647 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
648 {"call", pa_call, 0},
649 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
650 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)
651 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
652 #else
653 {"code", pa_text, 0},
654 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
655 #endif
656 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
657 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
658 #endif
659 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
660 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
661 {"data", pa_data, 0},
662 #endif
663 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
664 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
665 {"end", pa_end, 0},
666 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
667 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
668 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
669 #endif
670 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
671 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
672 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
673 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
674 {"export", pa_export, 0},
675 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
676 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
677 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
678 {"import", pa_import, 0},
679 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
680 {"label", pa_label, 0},
681 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
682 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
683 {"level", pa_level, 0},
684 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
685 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
686 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
687 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
688 #endif
689 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
690 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
691 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
692 {"param", pa_param, 0},
693 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
694 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
695 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
696 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
697 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
698 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
699 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
700 {"space", pa_space, 0},
701 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
702 #endif
703 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
704 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
705 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
706 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
707 #endif
708 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
709 {"text", pa_text, 0},
710 #endif
711 {"version", pa_version, 0},
712 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
713 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
714 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
715 #endif
716 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
717 {NULL, 0, 0}
718 };
719
720 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
721 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
722 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
723
724 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
725 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
726 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
727
728 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
729 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
730
731 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
732 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
733 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
734
735 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
736 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
737
738 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
739 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
740
741 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
742 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
743
744 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
745 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
746 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
747 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
748
749 static struct pa_it the_insn;
750
751 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expressoin
752 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
753 variable. */
754 static char *expr_end;
755
756 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
757 static int callinfo_found;
758
759 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
760 static int within_entry_exit;
761
762 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
763 static int within_procedure;
764
765 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
766 seen in each subspace. */
767 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
768
769 /* Holds the last field selector. */
770 static int hppa_field_selector;
771
772 /* Nonzero when strict syntax checking is enabled. Zero otherwise.
773
774 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or not
775 strict syntax checking should be enabled for that instruction. */
776 static int strict = 0;
777
778 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
779 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
780 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
781 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
782 register has a `r' suffix. */
783 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
784 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
785 static int pa_number;
786
787 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
788 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
789 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
790 #endif
791
792 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
793 static int print_errors = 1;
794
795 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
796
797 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
798 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
799
800 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
801 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
802
803 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
804 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
805 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
806 again have the value <REGNUM>.
807
808 Many registers also have synonyms:
809
810 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
811 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
812 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
813 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
814 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
815
816 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
817 here for brevity.
818
819 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
820
821 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
822 {
823 {"%arg0", 26},
824 {"%arg1", 25},
825 {"%arg2", 24},
826 {"%arg3", 23},
827 {"%cr0", 0},
828 {"%cr10", 10},
829 {"%cr11", 11},
830 {"%cr12", 12},
831 {"%cr13", 13},
832 {"%cr14", 14},
833 {"%cr15", 15},
834 {"%cr16", 16},
835 {"%cr17", 17},
836 {"%cr18", 18},
837 {"%cr19", 19},
838 {"%cr20", 20},
839 {"%cr21", 21},
840 {"%cr22", 22},
841 {"%cr23", 23},
842 {"%cr24", 24},
843 {"%cr25", 25},
844 {"%cr26", 26},
845 {"%cr27", 27},
846 {"%cr28", 28},
847 {"%cr29", 29},
848 {"%cr30", 30},
849 {"%cr31", 31},
850 {"%cr8", 8},
851 {"%cr9", 9},
852 {"%dp", 27},
853 {"%eiem", 15},
854 {"%eirr", 23},
855 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
856 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
857 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
858 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
859 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
860 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
861 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
862 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
863 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
864 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
865 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
866 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
867 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
868 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
869 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
870 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
871 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
872 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
873 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
874 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
875 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
876 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
877 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
878 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
879 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
880 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
881 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
882 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
883 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
884 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
885 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
886 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
887 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
888 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
889 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
890 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
891 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
892 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
893 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
894 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
895 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
896 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
897 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
898 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
899 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
900 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
901 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
902 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
903 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
904 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
905 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
906 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
907 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
908 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
909 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
910 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
911 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
912 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
913 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
914 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
915 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
916 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
917 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
918 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
919 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
920 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
921 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
922 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
923 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
924 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
925 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
926 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
927 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
928 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
929 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
930 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
931 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
932 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
933 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
934 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
935 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
936 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
937 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
938 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
939 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
940 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
941 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
942 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
943 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
944 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
945 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
946 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
947 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
948 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
949 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
950 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
951 {"%hta", 25},
952 {"%iir", 19},
953 {"%ior", 21},
954 {"%ipsw", 22},
955 {"%isr", 20},
956 {"%itmr", 16},
957 {"%iva", 14},
958 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
959 {"%mrp", 2},
960 #else
961 {"%mrp", 31},
962 #endif
963 {"%pcoq", 18},
964 {"%pcsq", 17},
965 {"%pidr1", 8},
966 {"%pidr2", 9},
967 {"%pidr3", 12},
968 {"%pidr4", 13},
969 {"%ppda", 24},
970 {"%r0", 0},
971 {"%r1", 1},
972 {"%r10", 10},
973 {"%r11", 11},
974 {"%r12", 12},
975 {"%r13", 13},
976 {"%r14", 14},
977 {"%r15", 15},
978 {"%r16", 16},
979 {"%r17", 17},
980 {"%r18", 18},
981 {"%r19", 19},
982 {"%r2", 2},
983 {"%r20", 20},
984 {"%r21", 21},
985 {"%r22", 22},
986 {"%r23", 23},
987 {"%r24", 24},
988 {"%r25", 25},
989 {"%r26", 26},
990 {"%r27", 27},
991 {"%r28", 28},
992 {"%r29", 29},
993 {"%r3", 3},
994 {"%r30", 30},
995 {"%r31", 31},
996 {"%r4", 4},
997 {"%r5", 5},
998 {"%r6", 6},
999 {"%r7", 7},
1000 {"%r8", 8},
1001 {"%r9", 9},
1002 {"%rctr", 0},
1003 {"%ret0", 28},
1004 {"%ret1", 29},
1005 {"%rp", 2},
1006 {"%sar", 11},
1007 {"%sp", 30},
1008 {"%sr0", 0},
1009 {"%sr1", 1},
1010 {"%sr2", 2},
1011 {"%sr3", 3},
1012 {"%sr4", 4},
1013 {"%sr5", 5},
1014 {"%sr6", 6},
1015 {"%sr7", 7},
1016 {"%tr0", 24},
1017 {"%tr1", 25},
1018 {"%tr2", 26},
1019 {"%tr3", 27},
1020 {"%tr4", 28},
1021 {"%tr5", 29},
1022 {"%tr6", 30},
1023 {"%tr7", 31}
1024 };
1025
1026 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
1027 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
1028 for < first, we would get a false match. */
1029 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
1030 {
1031 {"false?", 0},
1032 {"false", 1},
1033 {"true?", 30},
1034 {"true", 31},
1035 {"!<=>", 3},
1036 {"!?>=", 8},
1037 {"!?<=", 16},
1038 {"!<>", 7},
1039 {"!>=", 11},
1040 {"!?>", 12},
1041 {"?<=", 14},
1042 {"!<=", 19},
1043 {"!?<", 20},
1044 {"?>=", 22},
1045 {"!?=", 24},
1046 {"!=t", 27},
1047 {"<=>", 29},
1048 {"=t", 5},
1049 {"?=", 6},
1050 {"?<", 10},
1051 {"<=", 13},
1052 {"!>", 15},
1053 {"?>", 18},
1054 {">=", 21},
1055 {"!<", 23},
1056 {"<>", 25},
1057 {"!=", 26},
1058 {"!?", 28},
1059 {"?", 2},
1060 {"=", 4},
1061 {"<", 9},
1062 {">", 17}
1063 };
1064
1065 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
1066 {
1067 {"f", e_fsel},
1068 {"l", e_lsel},
1069 {"ld", e_ldsel},
1070 {"lp", e_lpsel},
1071 {"lr", e_lrsel},
1072 {"ls", e_lssel},
1073 {"lt", e_ltsel},
1074 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
1075 {"n", e_nsel},
1076 {"nl", e_nlsel},
1077 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
1078 {"p", e_psel},
1079 {"r", e_rsel},
1080 {"rd", e_rdsel},
1081 {"rp", e_rpsel},
1082 {"rr", e_rrsel},
1083 {"rs", e_rssel},
1084 {"rt", e_rtsel},
1085 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
1086 {"t", e_tsel},
1087 };
1088
1089 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1090 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
1091
1092 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1093 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1094
1095 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
1096 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
1097 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
1098 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
1099 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
1100 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
1101 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
1102 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
1103 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
1104
1105 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
1106 {
1107 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
1108 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
1109 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
1110 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
1111 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
1112 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1113 };
1114
1115 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
1116 {
1117 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
1118 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
1119 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
1120 };
1121
1122 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
1123
1124 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
1125 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
1126 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
1127 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
1128 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
1129
1130 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
1131 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
1132 #endif
1133
1134 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
1135 a right or left half of a FP register */
1136 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
1137 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
1138
1139 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1140 main loop after insertion. */
1141
1142 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1143 { \
1144 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1145 continue; \
1146 }
1147
1148 /* Simple range checking for FIELD againt HIGH and LOW bounds.
1149 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1150
1151 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1152 { \
1153 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1154 { \
1155 if (! IGNORE) \
1156 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1157 (int) (FIELD));\
1158 break; \
1159 } \
1160 }
1161
1162 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix3 and other places where
1163 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1164
1165 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1166 { \
1167 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1168 { \
1169 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1170 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1171 (int) (FIELD));\
1172 break; \
1173 } \
1174 }
1175
1176 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD againt ALIGN (a power of two).
1177 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1178
1179 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1180 { \
1181 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1182 { \
1183 if (! IGNORE) \
1184 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1185 (int) (FIELD));\
1186 break; \
1187 } \
1188 }
1189
1190 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1191 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1192 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1193
1194 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1195 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1196 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1197
1198 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1199 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1200 need real complex handling yet. */
1201 #define is_complex(exp) \
1202 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1203
1204 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1205
1206 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1207 proc/procend pairs match. */
1208
1209 void
1210 pa_check_eof ()
1211 {
1212 if (within_entry_exit)
1213 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1214
1215 if (within_procedure)
1216 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1217 }
1218
1219 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1220 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1221
1222 static label_symbol_struct *
1223 pa_get_label ()
1224 {
1225 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1226
1227 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1228 label_chain;
1229 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1230 {
1231 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1232 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1233 return label_chain;
1234 #endif
1235 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1236 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1237 return label_chain;
1238 #endif
1239 }
1240
1241 return NULL;
1242 }
1243
1244 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1245 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1246
1247 void
1248 pa_define_label (symbol)
1249 symbolS *symbol;
1250 {
1251 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1252
1253 if (label_chain)
1254 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1255 else
1256 {
1257 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1258 label_chain
1259 = (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1260 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1261 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1262 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1263 #endif
1264 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1265 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1266 #endif
1267 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1268
1269 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1270 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1271
1272 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1273 }
1274 }
1275
1276 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1277 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1278
1279 static void
1280 pa_undefine_label ()
1281 {
1282 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1283 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1284
1285 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1286 label_chain;
1287 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1288 {
1289 if (1
1290 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1291 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1292 #endif
1293 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1294 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1295 #endif
1296 )
1297 {
1298 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1299 if (prev_label_chain)
1300 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1301 else
1302 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1303
1304 free (label_chain);
1305 break;
1306 }
1307 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1308 }
1309 }
1310
1311 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1312 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1313 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1314 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1315 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1316 tc_fix_data field. */
1317
1318 static void
1319 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
1320 r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_bits)
1321 fragS *frag;
1322 int where;
1323 int size;
1324 symbolS *add_symbol;
1325 offsetT offset;
1326 expressionS *exp;
1327 int pcrel;
1328 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
1329 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
1330 int r_format;
1331 unsigned int arg_reloc;
1332 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1333 {
1334 fixS *new_fix;
1335
1336 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
1337 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1338
1339 if (exp != NULL)
1340 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1341 else
1342 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1343 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1344 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1345 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1346 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1347 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1348 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1349 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1350 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1351 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1352 #endif
1353
1354 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1355 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1356 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1357 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1358 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1359 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0))
1360 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1361 }
1362
1363 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
1364 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
1365
1366 void
1367 parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
1368 expressionS *exp;
1369 {
1370 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
1371 expression (exp);
1372 }
1373
1374 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1375 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1376
1377 void
1378 cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
1379 fragS *frag;
1380 int where;
1381 int size;
1382 expressionS *exp;
1383 {
1384 unsigned int rel_type;
1385
1386 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1387 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1388 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1389 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1390 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1391 else
1392 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1393
1394 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1395 {
1396 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1397 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1398 }
1399
1400 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1401 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1402 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1403
1404 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1405 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1406 }
1407
1408 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
1409 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
1410
1411 void
1412 md_begin ()
1413 {
1414 const char *retval = NULL;
1415 int lose = 0;
1416 unsigned int i = 0;
1417
1418 last_call_info = NULL;
1419 call_info_root = NULL;
1420
1421 /* Set the default machine type. */
1422 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
1423 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
1424
1425 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
1426 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
1427 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
1428 {
1429 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
1430 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
1431 }
1432
1433 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1434 pa_spaces_begin ();
1435 #endif
1436
1437 op_hash = hash_new ();
1438
1439 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
1440 {
1441 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
1442 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
1443 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
1444 {
1445 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
1446 lose = 1;
1447 }
1448 do
1449 {
1450 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
1451 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
1452 {
1453 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
1454 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
1455 lose = 1;
1456 }
1457 ++i;
1458 }
1459 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
1460 }
1461
1462 if (lose)
1463 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
1464
1465 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1466 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
1467 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
1468 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
1469 #endif
1470
1471 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1472 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
1473 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
1474 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
1475 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1476 #endif
1477 }
1478
1479 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
1480 void
1481 md_assemble (str)
1482 char *str;
1483 {
1484 char *to;
1485
1486 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
1487 assert (str);
1488
1489 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
1490 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
1491 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
1492
1493 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
1494 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
1495 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
1496 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
1497 {
1498 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
1499
1500 if (label_symbol)
1501 {
1502 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
1503 {
1504 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
1505 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
1506 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1507 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1508 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
1509 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
1510 if (within_entry_exit)
1511 {
1512 char *where;
1513 unsigned int u;
1514
1515 where = frag_more (0);
1516 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1517 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
1518 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
1519 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
1520 }
1521 #endif
1522 }
1523 else
1524 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
1525 }
1526 else
1527 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
1528 }
1529
1530 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
1531 pa_ip (str);
1532
1533 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instrution. */
1534 to = frag_more (4);
1535
1536 /* Output the opcode. */
1537 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
1538
1539 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
1540 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
1541 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
1542 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
1543 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
1544 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
1545
1546 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1547 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1548 #endif
1549 }
1550
1551 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
1552 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
1553
1554 static void
1555 pa_ip (str)
1556 char *str;
1557 {
1558 char *error_message = "";
1559 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
1560 const char *args;
1561 int match = FALSE;
1562 int comma = 0;
1563 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
1564 unsigned long opcode;
1565 struct pa_opcode *insn;
1566
1567 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1568 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
1569 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
1570 #endif
1571
1572 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
1573 case. */
1574 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
1575 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
1576
1577 /* Skip to something interesting. */
1578 for (s = str;
1579 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
1580 ++s)
1581 ;
1582
1583 switch (*s)
1584 {
1585
1586 case '\0':
1587 break;
1588
1589 case ',':
1590 comma = 1;
1591
1592 /*FALLTHROUGH */
1593
1594 case ' ':
1595 *s++ = '\0';
1596 break;
1597
1598 default:
1599 as_fatal (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
1600 }
1601
1602 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
1603 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1604 {
1605 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
1606 return;
1607 }
1608
1609 if (comma)
1610 {
1611 *--s = ',';
1612 }
1613
1614 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
1615 start processing them. */
1616 argstart = s;
1617 for (;;)
1618 {
1619 /* Do some initialization. */
1620 opcode = insn->match;
1621 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
1622 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1623
1624 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1625
1626 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
1627 then set a new architecture. */
1628 /* But do not automatically promote to pa2.0. The automatic promotion
1629 crud is for compatability with HP's old assemblers only. */
1630 if (insn->arch < 20
1631 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1632 {
1633 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
1634 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
1635 }
1636 else if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1637 {
1638 match = FALSE;
1639 goto failed;
1640 }
1641
1642 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
1643 sure that the operands match. */
1644 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
1645 {
1646 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
1647 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1648 s++;
1649
1650 switch (*args)
1651 {
1652
1653 /* End of arguments. */
1654 case '\0':
1655 if (*s == '\0')
1656 match = TRUE;
1657 break;
1658
1659 case '+':
1660 if (*s == '+')
1661 {
1662 ++s;
1663 continue;
1664 }
1665 if (*s == '-')
1666 continue;
1667 break;
1668
1669 /* These must match exactly. */
1670 case '(':
1671 case ')':
1672 case ',':
1673 case ' ':
1674 if (*s++ == *args)
1675 continue;
1676 break;
1677
1678 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
1679 case 'b':
1680 case '^':
1681 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1682 break;
1683 num = pa_number;
1684 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1685 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1686
1687 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
1688 is there. */
1689 case '!':
1690 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
1691 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1692 s = s + 1;
1693
1694 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
1695 {
1696 s += 4;
1697 continue;
1698 }
1699 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
1700 {
1701 s += 5;
1702 continue;
1703 }
1704 break;
1705
1706 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
1707 case 'x':
1708 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1709 break;
1710 num = pa_number;
1711 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1712 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1713
1714 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
1715 case 't':
1716 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1717 break;
1718 num = pa_number;
1719 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1720 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1721
1722 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
1723 case 'a':
1724 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1725 break;
1726 num = pa_number;
1727 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1728 opcode |= num << 16;
1729 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1730
1731 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
1732 case 'T':
1733 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1734 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1735 break;
1736 s = expr_end;
1737 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
1738 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1739
1740 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1741 case '5':
1742 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1743 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1744 break;
1745 s = expr_end;
1746 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1747 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1748 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1749 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1750 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1751
1752 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1753 case 'V':
1754 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1755 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1756 break;
1757 s = expr_end;
1758 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1759 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1760 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1761 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1762 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1763
1764 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1765 case 'r':
1766 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1767 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1768 break;
1769 s = expr_end;
1770 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1771 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1772
1773 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1774 case 'R':
1775 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1776 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1777 break;
1778 s = expr_end;
1779 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1780 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1781
1782 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
1783 case 'U':
1784 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1785 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1786 break;
1787 s = expr_end;
1788 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
1789 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1790
1791 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
1792 case 's':
1793 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1794 break;
1795 num = pa_number;
1796 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
1797 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1798
1799 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
1800 case 'S':
1801 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1802 break;
1803 num = pa_number;
1804 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
1805 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
1806 continue;
1807
1808 /* Handle all completers. */
1809 case 'c':
1810 switch (*++args)
1811 {
1812
1813 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
1814 case 'X':
1815 case 'x':
1816 {
1817 int uu = 0;
1818 int m = 0;
1819 int i = 0;
1820 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1821 {
1822 s++;
1823 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
1824 {
1825 uu = 1;
1826 m = 1;
1827 s++;
1828 i++;
1829 }
1830 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1831 m = 1;
1832 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
1833 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
1834 uu = 1;
1835 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1836 else if (strict)
1837 {
1838 s--;
1839 break;
1840 }
1841 else
1842 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
1843 s++;
1844 i++;
1845 }
1846 if (i > 2)
1847 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
1848 opcode |= m << 5;
1849 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
1850 }
1851
1852 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
1853 case 'M':
1854 case 'm':
1855 case 'q':
1856 case 'J':
1857 case 'e':
1858 {
1859 int a = 0;
1860 int m = 0;
1861 if (*s == ',')
1862 {
1863 int found = 0;
1864 s++;
1865 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
1866 {
1867 a = 0;
1868 m = 1;
1869 found = 1;
1870 }
1871 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
1872 {
1873 a = 1;
1874 m = 1;
1875 found = 1;
1876 }
1877
1878 /* When in strict mode, pass through for cache op. */
1879 if (!found && strict)
1880 s--;
1881 else
1882 {
1883 if (!found)
1884 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
1885 s += 2;
1886 }
1887 }
1888 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
1889 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
1890 else if (*args == 'e')
1891 break;
1892
1893 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
1894 encode the before/after field. */
1895 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
1896 {
1897 opcode |= m << 5;
1898 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1899 }
1900 else if (*args == 'q')
1901 {
1902 opcode |= m << 3;
1903 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1904 }
1905 else if (*args == 'J')
1906 {
1907 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
1908 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1909 }
1910 else if (*args == 'e')
1911 {
1912 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
1913 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
1914 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
1915 opcode |= a;
1916 continue;
1917 }
1918 }
1919
1920 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
1921 case 'A':
1922 case 's':
1923 {
1924 int a = 0;
1925 int m = 0;
1926 int i = 0;
1927 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1928 {
1929 s++;
1930 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1931 m = 1;
1932 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
1933 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
1934 a = 0;
1935 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
1936 a = 1;
1937 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1938 else if (strict)
1939 {
1940 s--;
1941 break;
1942 }
1943 else
1944 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1945 s++;
1946 i++;
1947 }
1948 if (i > 2)
1949 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1950 opcode |= m << 5;
1951 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1952 }
1953
1954 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
1955 case 'c':
1956 cmpltr = 0;
1957 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1958 {
1959 s += 3;
1960 cmpltr = 2;
1961 }
1962 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1963
1964 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
1965 case 'C':
1966 cmpltr = 0;
1967 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
1968 {
1969 s += 3;
1970 cmpltr = 2;
1971 }
1972 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
1973 {
1974 s += 3;
1975 cmpltr = 1;
1976 }
1977 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1978
1979 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
1980 case 'd':
1981 cmpltr = 0;
1982 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
1983 {
1984 s += 3;
1985 cmpltr = 1;
1986 }
1987 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1988
1989 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
1990 case 'o':
1991 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
1992 break;
1993 s += 2;
1994 continue;
1995
1996 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
1997 case 'g':
1998 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
1999 break;
2000 s += 5;
2001 continue;
2002
2003 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
2004 case 'p':
2005 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
2006 break;
2007 s += 7;
2008 continue;
2009
2010 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
2011 case 'l':
2012 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2013 break;
2014 s += 2;
2015 continue;
2016
2017 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
2018 case 'P':
2019 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
2020 break;
2021 s += 4;
2022 continue;
2023
2024 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
2025 case 'L':
2026 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
2027 break;
2028 s += 2;
2029 continue;
2030
2031 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
2032 case 'w':
2033 flag = 0;
2034 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
2035 {
2036 flag = 1;
2037 s += 2;
2038 }
2039 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2040 {
2041 flag = 0;
2042 s += 2;
2043 }
2044
2045 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2046
2047 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
2048 case 'W':
2049 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
2050 break;
2051 s += 2;
2052 continue;
2053
2054 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
2055 case 'r':
2056 flag = 0;
2057 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2058 {
2059 flag = 5;
2060 s += 2;
2061 }
2062
2063 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2064
2065 /* Handle a system control completer. */
2066 case 'Z':
2067 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
2068 {
2069 flag = 1;
2070 s += 2;
2071 }
2072 else
2073 flag = 0;
2074
2075 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2076
2077 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
2078 case 'i':
2079 flag = 0;
2080 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
2081 {
2082 flag = 1;
2083 s += 2;
2084 }
2085
2086 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2087
2088 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
2089 case 'z':
2090 flag = 1;
2091 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
2092 {
2093 flag = 0;
2094 s += 2;
2095 }
2096
2097 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2098
2099 /* Handle add completer. */
2100 case 'a':
2101 flag = 1;
2102 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
2103 {
2104 flag = 2;
2105 s += 2;
2106 }
2107 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2108 {
2109 flag = 3;
2110 s += 4;
2111 }
2112
2113 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2114
2115 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
2116 case 'Y':
2117 flag = 0;
2118 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
2119 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
2120 {
2121 flag = 1;
2122 s += 7;
2123 }
2124 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
2125 {
2126 flag = 0;
2127 s += 3;
2128 }
2129 else
2130 break;
2131
2132 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2133
2134 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
2135 case 'y':
2136 flag = 0;
2137 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
2138 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
2139 {
2140 flag = 1;
2141 s += 6;
2142 }
2143 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
2144 {
2145 flag = 0;
2146 s += 2;
2147 }
2148 else
2149 break;
2150
2151 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2152
2153 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
2154 case 'v':
2155 flag = 0;
2156 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2157 {
2158 flag = 1;
2159 s += 4;
2160 }
2161
2162 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2163
2164 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
2165 case 't':
2166 flag = 0;
2167 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
2168 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
2169 {
2170 flag = 1;
2171 s += 7;
2172 }
2173 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2174 {
2175 flag = 0;
2176 s += 3;
2177 }
2178 else
2179 break;
2180
2181 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2182
2183 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
2184 case 'B':
2185 flag = 0;
2186 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
2187 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
2188 {
2189 flag = 1;
2190 s += 7;
2191 }
2192 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
2193 {
2194 flag = 0;
2195 s += 3;
2196 }
2197 else
2198 break;
2199
2200 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2201
2202 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
2203 case 'b':
2204 flag = 0;
2205 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
2206 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
2207 {
2208 flag = 1;
2209 s += 6;
2210 }
2211 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
2212 {
2213 flag = 0;
2214 s += 2;
2215 }
2216 else
2217 break;
2218
2219 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2220
2221 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
2222 case 'T':
2223 flag = 0;
2224 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2225 {
2226 flag = 1;
2227 s += 3;
2228 }
2229
2230 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2231
2232 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
2233 case 'S':
2234 {
2235 int sign = 1;
2236 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
2237 {
2238 sign = 1;
2239 s += 2;
2240 }
2241 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
2242 {
2243 sign = 0;
2244 s += 2;
2245 }
2246
2247 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
2248 }
2249
2250 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
2251 case 'h':
2252 if (*s++ == ',')
2253 {
2254 int lr = 0;
2255 if (*s == 'r')
2256 lr = 2;
2257 else if (*s == 'l')
2258 lr = 0;
2259 else
2260 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2261
2262 s++;
2263 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
2264 }
2265 else
2266 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2267 break;
2268
2269 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
2270 case 'H':
2271 {
2272 int sat = 3;
2273 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
2274 {
2275 sat = 1;
2276 s += 3;
2277 }
2278 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
2279 {
2280 sat = 0;
2281 s += 3;
2282 }
2283
2284 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
2285 }
2286
2287 /* Handle permutation completer. */
2288 case '*':
2289 if (*s++ == ',')
2290 {
2291 int permloc[4];
2292 int perm = 0;
2293 int i = 0;
2294 permloc[0] = 13;
2295 permloc[1] = 10;
2296 permloc[2] = 8;
2297 permloc[3] = 6;
2298 for (; i < 4; i++)
2299 {
2300 switch (*s++)
2301 {
2302 case '0':
2303 perm = 0;
2304 break;
2305 case '1':
2306 perm = 1;
2307 break;
2308 case '2':
2309 perm = 2;
2310 break;
2311 case '3':
2312 perm = 3;
2313 break;
2314 default:
2315 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2316 }
2317 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
2318 }
2319 continue;
2320 }
2321 else
2322 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2323 break;
2324
2325 default:
2326 abort ();
2327 }
2328 break;
2329
2330 /* Handle all conditions. */
2331 case '?':
2332 {
2333 args++;
2334 switch (*args)
2335 {
2336 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
2337 case 'f':
2338 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
2339 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
2340
2341 /* Handle an add condition. */
2342 case 'A':
2343 case 'a':
2344 cmpltr = 0;
2345 flag = 0;
2346 if (*s == ',')
2347 {
2348 s++;
2349
2350 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2351 if (*args == 'A')
2352 {
2353 if (*s == '*')
2354 s++;
2355 else
2356 break;
2357 }
2358 else if (*s == '*')
2359 break;
2360
2361 name = s;
2362 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2363 s += 1;
2364 c = *s;
2365 *s = 0x00;
2366 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2367 cmpltr = 1;
2368 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2369 cmpltr = 2;
2370 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2371 cmpltr = 3;
2372 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2373 cmpltr = 4;
2374 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2375 cmpltr = 5;
2376 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2377 cmpltr = 6;
2378 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2379 cmpltr = 7;
2380 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2381 {
2382 cmpltr = 0;
2383 flag = 1;
2384 }
2385 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2386 {
2387 cmpltr = 1;
2388 flag = 1;
2389 }
2390 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2391 {
2392 cmpltr = 2;
2393 flag = 1;
2394 }
2395 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2396 {
2397 cmpltr = 3;
2398 flag = 1;
2399 }
2400 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
2401 {
2402 cmpltr = 4;
2403 flag = 1;
2404 }
2405 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
2406 {
2407 cmpltr = 5;
2408 flag = 1;
2409 }
2410 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2411 {
2412 cmpltr = 6;
2413 flag = 1;
2414 }
2415 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2416 {
2417 cmpltr = 7;
2418 flag = 1;
2419 }
2420 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2421 else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
2422 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
2423 *s = c;
2424 }
2425 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2426 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2427
2428 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
2429 case 'd':
2430 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2431 if (cmpltr < 0)
2432 {
2433 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2434 cmpltr = 0;
2435 }
2436 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2437
2438 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
2439 case 'W':
2440 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2441 if (cmpltr < 0)
2442 {
2443 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
2444 cmpltr = 0;
2445 }
2446 else
2447 {
2448 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2449 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
2450 }
2451 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2452
2453 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
2454 condition. */
2455 case '@':
2456 save_s = s;
2457 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2458 if (cmpltr < 0)
2459 {
2460 s = save_s;
2461 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
2462 if (cmpltr < 0)
2463 {
2464 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2465 cmpltr = 0;
2466 }
2467 else
2468 {
2469 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2470 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2471 }
2472 }
2473 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2474
2475 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
2476 case 'B':
2477 case 'b':
2478 cmpltr = 0;
2479 if (*s == ',')
2480 {
2481 s++;
2482
2483 if (*args == 'B')
2484 {
2485 if (*s == '*')
2486 s++;
2487 else
2488 break;
2489 }
2490 else if (*s == '*')
2491 break;
2492
2493 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
2494 {
2495 cmpltr = 0;
2496 s++;
2497 }
2498 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
2499 {
2500 cmpltr = 1;
2501 s += 2;
2502 }
2503 else
2504 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2505 }
2506 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
2507
2508 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
2509 case 'S':
2510 case 's':
2511 cmpltr = 0;
2512 flag = 0;
2513 if (*s == ',')
2514 {
2515 s++;
2516
2517 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2518 if (*args == 'S')
2519 {
2520 if (*s == '*')
2521 s++;
2522 else
2523 break;
2524 }
2525 else if (*s == '*')
2526 break;
2527
2528 name = s;
2529 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2530 s += 1;
2531 c = *s;
2532 *s = 0x00;
2533 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2534 cmpltr = 1;
2535 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2536 cmpltr = 2;
2537 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2538 cmpltr = 3;
2539 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2540 cmpltr = 4;
2541 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2542 cmpltr = 5;
2543 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2544 cmpltr = 6;
2545 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2546 cmpltr = 7;
2547 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2548 {
2549 cmpltr = 0;
2550 flag = 1;
2551 }
2552 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2553 {
2554 cmpltr = 1;
2555 flag = 1;
2556 }
2557 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2558 {
2559 cmpltr = 2;
2560 flag = 1;
2561 }
2562 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2563 {
2564 cmpltr = 3;
2565 flag = 1;
2566 }
2567 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2568 {
2569 cmpltr = 4;
2570 flag = 1;
2571 }
2572 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2573 {
2574 cmpltr = 5;
2575 flag = 1;
2576 }
2577 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2578 {
2579 cmpltr = 6;
2580 flag = 1;
2581 }
2582 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2583 {
2584 cmpltr = 7;
2585 flag = 1;
2586 }
2587 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2588 else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
2589 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
2590 name);
2591 *s = c;
2592 }
2593 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2594 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2595
2596 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
2597 case 't':
2598 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2599 if (cmpltr < 0)
2600 {
2601 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2602 cmpltr = 0;
2603 }
2604 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2605
2606 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
2607 case 'n':
2608 save_s = s;
2609 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2610 if (cmpltr < 0)
2611 {
2612 s = save_s;
2613 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
2614 if (cmpltr < 0)
2615 {
2616 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
2617 cmpltr = 0;
2618 }
2619 else
2620 {
2621 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2622 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2623 }
2624 }
2625
2626 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2627
2628 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
2629 case 'N':
2630 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2631 if (cmpltr >= 0)
2632 {
2633 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2634 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
2635 }
2636 else
2637 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2638 break;
2639
2640 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2641
2642 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
2643 case 'Q':
2644 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
2645 if (cmpltr < 0)
2646 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2647 break;
2648
2649 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2650
2651 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
2652 case 'L':
2653 case 'l':
2654 cmpltr = 0;
2655 flag = 0;
2656 if (*s == ',')
2657 {
2658 s++;
2659
2660 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2661 if (*args == 'L')
2662 {
2663 if (*s == '*')
2664 s++;
2665 else
2666 break;
2667 }
2668 else if (*s == '*')
2669 break;
2670
2671 name = s;
2672 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2673 s += 1;
2674 c = *s;
2675 *s = 0x00;
2676
2677 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2678 cmpltr = 1;
2679 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2680 cmpltr = 2;
2681 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2682 cmpltr = 3;
2683 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2684 cmpltr = 7;
2685 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2686 {
2687 cmpltr = 0;
2688 flag = 1;
2689 }
2690 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2691 {
2692 cmpltr = 1;
2693 flag = 1;
2694 }
2695 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2696 {
2697 cmpltr = 2;
2698 flag = 1;
2699 }
2700 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2701 {
2702 cmpltr = 3;
2703 flag = 1;
2704 }
2705 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2706 {
2707 cmpltr = 7;
2708 flag = 1;
2709 }
2710 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2711 else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
2712 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
2713 *s = c;
2714 }
2715 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2716 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2717
2718 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
2719 case 'X':
2720 case 'x':
2721 case 'y':
2722 cmpltr = 0;
2723 if (*s == ',')
2724 {
2725 save_s = s++;
2726
2727 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2728 if (*args == 'X')
2729 {
2730 if (*s == '*')
2731 s++;
2732 else
2733 break;
2734 }
2735 else if (*s == '*')
2736 break;
2737
2738 name = s;
2739 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2740 s += 1;
2741 c = *s;
2742 *s = 0x00;
2743 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2744 cmpltr = 1;
2745 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2746 cmpltr = 2;
2747 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2748 cmpltr = 3;
2749 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2750 cmpltr = 4;
2751 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2752 cmpltr = 5;
2753 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2754 cmpltr = 6;
2755 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2756 cmpltr = 7;
2757 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
2758 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
2759 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
2760 {
2761 *s = c;
2762 s = save_s;
2763 continue;
2764 }
2765 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2766 else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
2767 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
2768 *s = c;
2769 }
2770 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2771
2772 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
2773 case 'U':
2774 case 'u':
2775 cmpltr = 0;
2776 flag = 0;
2777 if (*s == ',')
2778 {
2779 s++;
2780
2781 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2782 if (*args == 'U')
2783 {
2784 if (*s == '*')
2785 s++;
2786 else
2787 break;
2788 }
2789 else if (*s == '*')
2790 break;
2791
2792 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
2793 {
2794 cmpltr = 2;
2795 s += 3;
2796 }
2797 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
2798 {
2799 cmpltr = 3;
2800 s += 3;
2801 }
2802 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
2803 {
2804 cmpltr = 4;
2805 s += 3;
2806 }
2807 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
2808 {
2809 cmpltr = 6;
2810 s += 3;
2811 }
2812 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
2813 {
2814 cmpltr = 7;
2815 s += 3;
2816 }
2817 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
2818 {
2819 cmpltr = 0;
2820 flag = 1;
2821 s += 2;
2822 }
2823 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
2824 {
2825 cmpltr = 2;
2826 flag = 1;
2827 s += 3;
2828 }
2829 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
2830 {
2831 cmpltr = 3;
2832 flag = 1;
2833 s += 3;
2834 }
2835 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
2836 {
2837 cmpltr = 4;
2838 flag = 1;
2839 s += 3;
2840 }
2841 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
2842 {
2843 cmpltr = 6;
2844 flag = 1;
2845 s += 3;
2846 }
2847 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
2848 {
2849 cmpltr = 7;
2850 flag = 1;
2851 s += 3;
2852 }
2853 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
2854 {
2855 cmpltr = 1;
2856 flag = 0;
2857 s += 3;
2858 }
2859 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
2860 {
2861 cmpltr = 5;
2862 flag = 0;
2863 s += 3;
2864 }
2865 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
2866 {
2867 cmpltr = 1;
2868 flag = 1;
2869 s += 3;
2870 }
2871 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
2872 {
2873 cmpltr = 5;
2874 flag = 1;
2875 s += 3;
2876 }
2877 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2878 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
2879 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
2880 }
2881 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2882 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2883
2884 default:
2885 abort ();
2886 }
2887 break;
2888 }
2889
2890 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
2891 case 'n':
2892 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2893 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
2894
2895 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
2896 case 'N':
2897 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2898 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
2899
2900 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
2901 case 'L':
2902 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
2903 s += 4;
2904 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
2905 s += 4;
2906 else
2907 break;
2908 continue;
2909
2910 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2911 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2912 case 'h':
2913 get_expression (s);
2914 s = expr_end;
2915 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2916 {
2917 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2918 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2919 num++;
2920 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2921 }
2922 else
2923 break;
2924
2925 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2926 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2927 case 'm':
2928 get_expression (s);
2929 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2930 {
2931 s = expr_end;
2932 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2933 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2934 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
2935 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2936 }
2937 else
2938 break;
2939
2940 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
2941 case '=':
2942 {
2943 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
2944 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2945 }
2946
2947 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
2948 case 'i':
2949 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2950 get_expression (s);
2951 s = expr_end;
2952 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2953 {
2954 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2955 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
2956 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
2957 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2958 }
2959 else
2960 {
2961 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
2962 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
2963 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
2964 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2965 else
2966 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
2967 the_insn.format = 11;
2968 continue;
2969 }
2970
2971 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2972 case 'J':
2973 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2974 get_expression (s);
2975 s = expr_end;
2976 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2977 {
2978 int mb;
2979
2980 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
2981 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2982 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2983 good to rethink this. */
2984 mb = opcode & 1;
2985 opcode -= mb;
2986 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2987 if (mb != (num < 0))
2988 break;
2989 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2990 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
2991 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2992 }
2993 break;
2994
2995 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2996 case 'K':
2997 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2998 get_expression (s);
2999 s = expr_end;
3000 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3001 {
3002 int mb;
3003
3004 mb = opcode & 1;
3005 opcode -= mb;
3006 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3007 if (mb == (num < 0))
3008 break;
3009 if (num % 4)
3010 break;
3011 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3012 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3013 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3014 }
3015 break;
3016
3017 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3018 case '<':
3019 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3020 get_expression (s);
3021 s = expr_end;
3022 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3023 {
3024 int mb;
3025
3026 mb = opcode & 1;
3027 opcode -= mb;
3028 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3029 if (mb != (num < 0))
3030 break;
3031 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3032 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3033 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3034 }
3035 break;
3036
3037 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
3038 case '>':
3039 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3040 get_expression (s);
3041 s = expr_end;
3042 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3043 {
3044 int mb;
3045
3046 mb = opcode & 1;
3047 opcode -= mb;
3048 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3049 if (mb == (num < 0))
3050 break;
3051 if (num % 4)
3052 break;
3053 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3054 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3055 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3056 }
3057 break;
3058
3059 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
3060 case '#':
3061 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3062 get_expression (s);
3063 s = expr_end;
3064 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3065 {
3066 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3067 if (num & 0x7)
3068 break;
3069 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3070 if (num < 0)
3071 opcode |= 1;
3072 num &= 0x1fff;
3073 num >>= 3;
3074 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
3075 }
3076 else
3077 {
3078 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3079 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3080 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3081 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3082 else
3083 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3084 the_insn.format = 14;
3085 continue;
3086 }
3087 break;
3088
3089 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
3090 case 'd':
3091 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3092 get_expression (s);
3093 s = expr_end;
3094 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3095 {
3096 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3097 if (num & 0x3)
3098 break;
3099 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3100 if (num < 0)
3101 opcode |= 1;
3102 num &= 0x1fff;
3103 num >>= 2;
3104 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3105 }
3106 else
3107 {
3108 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3109 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3110 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3111 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3112 else
3113 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3114 the_insn.format = 14;
3115 continue;
3116 }
3117
3118 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3119 case 'j':
3120 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3121 get_expression (s);
3122 s = expr_end;
3123 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3124 {
3125 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3126 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3127 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3128 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3129 }
3130 else
3131 {
3132 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3133 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3134 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3135 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3136 else
3137 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3138 the_insn.format = 14;
3139 continue;
3140 }
3141
3142 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
3143 case 'k':
3144 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3145 get_expression (s);
3146 s = expr_end;
3147 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3148 {
3149 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3150 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
3151 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
3152 continue;
3153 }
3154 else
3155 {
3156 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3157 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3158 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3159 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3160 else
3161 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3162 the_insn.format = 21;
3163 continue;
3164 }
3165
3166 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
3167 case 'l':
3168 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3169 get_expression (s);
3170 s = expr_end;
3171 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3172 {
3173 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3174 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3175 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3176 continue;
3177 }
3178 else
3179 {
3180 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3181 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3182 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3183 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3184 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3185 else
3186 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3187 the_insn.format = 14;
3188 continue;
3189 }
3190
3191 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3192 case 'y':
3193 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3194 get_expression (s);
3195 s = expr_end;
3196 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3197 {
3198 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3199 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3200 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
3201 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3202 continue;
3203 }
3204 else
3205 {
3206 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3207 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3208 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3209 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3210 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3211 else
3212 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3213 the_insn.format = 14;
3214 continue;
3215 }
3216
3217 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3218 case '&':
3219 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3220 get_expression (s);
3221 s = expr_end;
3222 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3223 {
3224 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3225 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3226 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
3227 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3228 continue;
3229 }
3230 else
3231 {
3232 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3233 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3234 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3235 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3236 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3237 else
3238 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3239 the_insn.format = 14;
3240 continue;
3241 }
3242
3243 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
3244 case 'w':
3245 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3246 get_expression (s);
3247 s = expr_end;
3248 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3249 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3250 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3251 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3252 {
3253 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3254 if (num % 4)
3255 {
3256 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3257 break;
3258 }
3259 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3260 num -= 8;
3261 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3262 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
3263 continue;
3264 }
3265 else
3266 {
3267 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3268 the_insn.format = 12;
3269 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3270 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3271 s = expr_end;
3272 continue;
3273 }
3274
3275 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
3276 case 'W':
3277 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3278 get_expression (s);
3279 s = expr_end;
3280 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3281 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3282 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3283 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3284 {
3285 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3286 if (num % 4)
3287 {
3288 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3289 break;
3290 }
3291 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3292 num -= 8;
3293 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3294 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3295 continue;
3296 }
3297 else
3298 {
3299 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3300 the_insn.format = 17;
3301 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3302 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3303 continue;
3304 }
3305
3306 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
3307 case 'X':
3308 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3309 get_expression (s);
3310 s = expr_end;
3311 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3312 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3313 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3314 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3315 {
3316 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3317 if (num % 4)
3318 {
3319 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3320 break;
3321 }
3322 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3323 num -= 8;
3324 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
3325 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
3326 }
3327 else
3328 {
3329 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3330 the_insn.format = 22;
3331 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3332 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3333 continue;
3334 }
3335
3336 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
3337 case 'z':
3338 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3339 get_expression (s);
3340 s = expr_end;
3341 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
3342 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3343 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3344 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
3345 {
3346 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3347 if (num % 4)
3348 {
3349 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3350 break;
3351 }
3352 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3353 num -= 8;
3354 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3355 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3356 continue;
3357 }
3358 else
3359 {
3360 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
3361 the_insn.format = 17;
3362 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3363 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3364 continue;
3365 }
3366
3367 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
3368 case 'Z':
3369 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
3370 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
3371 {
3372 s += 4;
3373 continue;
3374 }
3375 else
3376 break;
3377
3378 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
3379 case 'Y':
3380 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
3381 break;
3382 s += 9;
3383 continue;
3384
3385 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
3386 case '@':
3387 if (*s != '0')
3388 break;
3389 s++;
3390 continue;
3391
3392 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
3393 case '.':
3394 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3395 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3396 break;
3397 s = expr_end;
3398 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
3399 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3400
3401 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
3402 case '*':
3403 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3404 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3405 break;
3406 s = expr_end;
3407 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
3408 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3409
3410 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
3411 case 'p':
3412 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3413 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3414 break;
3415 s = expr_end;
3416 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3417 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
3418
3419 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
3420 case '~':
3421 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3422 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3423 break;
3424 s = expr_end;
3425 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3426 num = 63 - num;
3427 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3428 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3429
3430 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
3431 case '%':
3432 flag = 0;
3433 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3434 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3435 break;
3436 s = expr_end;
3437 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3438 num--;
3439 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
3440 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3441 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3442
3443 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
3444 case '|':
3445 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3446 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3447 break;
3448 s = expr_end;
3449 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3450 num--;
3451 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
3452 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3453 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3454
3455 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
3456 case 'P':
3457 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3458 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3459 break;
3460 s = expr_end;
3461 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3462 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
3463
3464 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
3465 case 'q':
3466 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3467 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3468 break;
3469 s = expr_end;
3470 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3471 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3472 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3473
3474 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
3475 of the high bit of the immediate. */
3476 case 'B':
3477 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3478 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3479 break;
3480 s = expr_end;
3481 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3482 if (num & 0x20)
3483 ;
3484 else
3485 opcode |= (1 << 13);
3486 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
3487
3488 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
3489 case 'Q':
3490 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3491 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3492 break;
3493 s = expr_end;
3494 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3495 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3496
3497 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
3498 case '$':
3499 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3500 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3501 break;
3502 s = expr_end;
3503 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
3504 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3505
3506 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
3507 case 'A':
3508 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3509 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3510 break;
3511 s = expr_end;
3512 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
3513 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
3514
3515 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
3516 case 'D':
3517 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3518 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3519 break;
3520 s = expr_end;
3521 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
3522 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3523
3524 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
3525 case 'v':
3526 if (*s++ != ',')
3527 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
3528 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3529 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3530 break;
3531 s = expr_end;
3532 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3533 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3534
3535 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
3536 case 'O':
3537 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3538 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3539 break;
3540 s = expr_end;
3541 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
3542 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
3543 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3544
3545 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
3546 case 'o':
3547 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3548 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3549 break;
3550 s = expr_end;
3551 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3552 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3553
3554 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
3555 case '0':
3556 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3557 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3558 break;
3559 s = expr_end;
3560 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3561 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
3562 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3563
3564 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
3565 case '1':
3566 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3567 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3568 break;
3569 s = expr_end;
3570 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3571 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
3572 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3573
3574 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
3575 case 'u':
3576 if (*s++ != ',')
3577 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
3578 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3579 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3580 break;
3581 s = expr_end;
3582 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3583 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3584
3585 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
3586 case '2':
3587 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3588 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3589 break;
3590 s = expr_end;
3591 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
3592 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
3593 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3594
3595 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3596 case '{':
3597 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
3598 {
3599 the_insn.trunc = 1;
3600 s += 2;
3601 }
3602 else
3603 the_insn.trunc = 0;
3604 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3605 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3606 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3607 flag = SGL;
3608 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3609 flag = DBL;
3610 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3611 flag = QUAD;
3612 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3613
3614 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3615 case '_':
3616 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3617 s--;
3618 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3619 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3620 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3621 flag = SGL;
3622 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3623 flag = DBL;
3624 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3625 flag = QUAD;
3626 opcode |= flag << 13;
3627 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
3628 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
3629 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
3630 {
3631 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3632 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3633 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3634 flag = 0;
3635 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
3636 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
3637 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
3638 flag = 2;
3639 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
3640 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
3641 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
3642 flag = 6;
3643 else
3644 abort ();
3645 }
3646 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
3647 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
3648 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
3649 {
3650 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3651 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3652 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3653 flag = 1;
3654 else
3655 abort ();
3656 }
3657 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
3658 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
3659 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
3660 {
3661 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3662 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3663 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3664 flag = 5;
3665 else
3666 abort ();
3667 }
3668 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
3669 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
3670
3671 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3672 case 'F':
3673 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3674 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3675 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3676
3677 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3678 case 'G':
3679 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3680 s--;
3681 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3682 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3683 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
3684
3685 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
3686 case 'I':
3687 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3688 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3689 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3690
3691 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
3692 Only allows single and double precision. */
3693 case 'H':
3694 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3695 switch (flag)
3696 {
3697 case SGL:
3698 opcode |= 0x20;
3699 case DBL:
3700 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3701 continue;
3702
3703 case QUAD:
3704 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
3705 default:
3706 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
3707 }
3708 break;
3709
3710 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
3711 case 'f':
3712 switch (*++args)
3713 {
3714 /* Float target register. */
3715 case 't':
3716 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3717 break;
3718 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3719 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3720 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3721
3722 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
3723 case 'T':
3724 {
3725 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3726 break;
3727 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3728 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3729 opcode |= num;
3730
3731 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
3732 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
3733 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
3734 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
3735 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
3736 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3737
3738 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
3739 continue;
3740 }
3741
3742 /* Float operand 1. */
3743 case 'a':
3744 {
3745 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3746 break;
3747 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3748 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3749 opcode |= num << 21;
3750 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3751 {
3752 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3753 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3754 }
3755 continue;
3756 }
3757
3758 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
3759 case 'X':
3760 case 'A':
3761 {
3762 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3763 break;
3764 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3765 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3766 opcode |= num << 21;
3767 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3768 continue;
3769 }
3770
3771 /* Float operand 2. */
3772 case 'b':
3773 {
3774 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3775 break;
3776 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3777 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3778 opcode |= num << 16;
3779 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3780 {
3781 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3782 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3783 }
3784 continue;
3785 }
3786
3787 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
3788 case 'B':
3789 {
3790 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3791 break;
3792 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3793 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3794 opcode |= num << 16;
3795 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3796 continue;
3797 }
3798
3799 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
3800 case 'C':
3801 {
3802 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3803 break;
3804 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3805 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3806 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
3807 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
3808 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
3809 continue;
3810 }
3811
3812 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3813 case 'i':
3814 {
3815 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3816 break;
3817 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3818 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3819 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3820 {
3821 if (num < 16)
3822 {
3823 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3824 break;
3825 }
3826 num &= 0xF;
3827 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3828 }
3829 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3830 }
3831
3832 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3833 case 'j':
3834 {
3835 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3836 break;
3837 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3838 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3839 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3840 {
3841 if (num < 16)
3842 {
3843 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3844 break;
3845 }
3846 num &= 0xF;
3847 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3848 }
3849 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3850 }
3851
3852 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3853 case 'k':
3854 {
3855 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3856 break;
3857 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3858 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3859 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3860 {
3861 if (num < 16)
3862 {
3863 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3864 break;
3865 }
3866 num &= 0xF;
3867 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3868 }
3869 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3870 }
3871
3872 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3873 case 'l':
3874 {
3875 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3876 break;
3877 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3878 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3879 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3880 {
3881 if (num < 16)
3882 {
3883 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3884 break;
3885 }
3886 num &= 0xF;
3887 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3888 }
3889 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3890 }
3891
3892 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3893 case 'm':
3894 {
3895 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3896 break;
3897 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3898 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3899 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3900 {
3901 if (num < 16)
3902 {
3903 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3904 break;
3905 }
3906 num &= 0xF;
3907 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3908 }
3909 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3910 }
3911
3912 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
3913 case 'E':
3914 case 'e':
3915 {
3916 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3917 break;
3918 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3919 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3920 opcode |= num << 16;
3921 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3922 {
3923 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
3924 }
3925 continue;
3926 }
3927
3928 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
3929 case 'x':
3930 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3931 break;
3932 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3933 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3934 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3935
3936 default:
3937 abort ();
3938 }
3939 break;
3940
3941 default:
3942 abort ();
3943 }
3944 break;
3945 }
3946
3947 failed:
3948 /* Check if the args matched. */
3949 if (!match)
3950 {
3951 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
3952 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
3953 {
3954 ++insn;
3955 s = argstart;
3956 continue;
3957 }
3958 else
3959 {
3960 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
3961 return;
3962 }
3963 }
3964 break;
3965 }
3966
3967 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
3968 }
3969
3970 /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
3971 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
3972 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
3973
3974 #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
3975
3976 char *
3977 md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
3978 char type;
3979 char *litP;
3980 int *sizeP;
3981 {
3982 int prec;
3983 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
3984 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
3985 char *t;
3986
3987 switch (type)
3988 {
3989
3990 case 'f':
3991 case 'F':
3992 case 's':
3993 case 'S':
3994 prec = 2;
3995 break;
3996
3997 case 'd':
3998 case 'D':
3999 case 'r':
4000 case 'R':
4001 prec = 4;
4002 break;
4003
4004 case 'x':
4005 case 'X':
4006 prec = 6;
4007 break;
4008
4009 case 'p':
4010 case 'P':
4011 prec = 6;
4012 break;
4013
4014 default:
4015 *sizeP = 0;
4016 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
4017 }
4018 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
4019 if (t)
4020 input_line_pointer = t;
4021 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4022 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
4023 {
4024 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
4025 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
4026 }
4027 return NULL;
4028 }
4029
4030 /* Write out big-endian. */
4031
4032 void
4033 md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
4034 char *buf;
4035 valueT val;
4036 int n;
4037 {
4038 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
4039 }
4040
4041 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
4042 format. */
4043
4044 arelent **
4045 tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
4046 asection *section;
4047 fixS *fixp;
4048 {
4049 arelent *reloc;
4050 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
4051 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
4052 arelent **relocs;
4053 reloc_type **codes;
4054 reloc_type code;
4055 int n_relocs;
4056 int i;
4057
4058 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
4059 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
4060 return &no_relocs;
4061
4062 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
4063 assert (section != 0);
4064
4065 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
4066
4067 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4068 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4069 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
4070 fixp->fx_r_type,
4071 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
4072 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
4073 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
4074 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
4075
4076 if (codes == NULL)
4077 {
4078 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
4079 abort ();
4080 }
4081
4082 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
4083 ;
4084
4085 relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
4086 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
4087 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4088 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
4089
4090 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
4091
4092 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4093 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
4094 {
4095 default:
4096 assert (n_relocs == 1);
4097
4098 code = *codes[0];
4099
4100 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
4101 switch (code)
4102 {
4103 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
4104 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
4105 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
4106 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
4107 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
4108 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
4109 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4110 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4111 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
4112 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
4113
4114 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4115 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4116 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4117 reloc->addend = 0;
4118 break;
4119
4120 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
4121 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
4122 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
4123 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
4124 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
4125 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
4126 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
4127 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
4128 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4129 fixp->fx_offset);
4130 break;
4131 #endif
4132
4133 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
4134 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
4135 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
4136 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
4137 /* Fall thru */
4138
4139 default:
4140 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4141 break;
4142 }
4143
4144 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4145 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4146 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4147 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4148 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4149
4150 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
4151 break;
4152 }
4153 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
4154
4155 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
4156 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4157 {
4158 code = *codes[i];
4159
4160 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4161 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4162 relocs[i]->howto =
4163 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4164 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4165 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4166
4167 switch (code)
4168 {
4169 case R_COMP2:
4170 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
4171 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
4172 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
4173 assert (i == 1);
4174 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4175 relocs[0]->howto =
4176 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4177 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
4178 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4179 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
4180 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4181 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4182 relocs[1]->howto =
4183 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4184 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
4185 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4186 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
4187 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4188 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
4189 relocs[2]->howto =
4190 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4191 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
4192 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4193 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
4194 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4195 relocs[3]->howto =
4196 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4197 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
4198 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4199 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
4200 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4201 relocs[4]->howto =
4202 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4203 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
4204 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4205 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
4206 goto done;
4207 case R_PCREL_CALL:
4208 case R_ABS_CALL:
4209 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
4210 break;
4211
4212 case R_DLT_REL:
4213 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
4214 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
4215 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4216 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4217 (static link required).
4218
4219 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4220
4221 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4222 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4223 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4224 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4225 break;
4226
4227 case R_N_MODE:
4228 case R_S_MODE:
4229 case R_D_MODE:
4230 case R_R_MODE:
4231 case R_FSEL:
4232 case R_LSEL:
4233 case R_RSEL:
4234 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
4235 case R_END_BRTAB:
4236 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
4237 case R_N0SEL:
4238 case R_N1SEL:
4239 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
4240 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4241 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4242 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4243 break;
4244
4245 case R_END_TRY:
4246 case R_ENTRY:
4247 case R_EXIT:
4248 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
4249 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4250 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4251 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4252 break;
4253
4254 default:
4255 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4256 }
4257 }
4258
4259 done:
4260 #endif
4261
4262 return relocs;
4263 }
4264
4265 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
4266
4267 void
4268 md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
4269 register bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4270 register asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4271 register fragS *fragP;
4272 {
4273 unsigned int address;
4274
4275 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
4276 {
4277 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
4278 {
4279 case 0:
4280 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
4281 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
4282 know (fragP->fr_next);
4283 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4284 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
4285 {
4286 fragP->fr_offset =
4287 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
4288 - fragP->fr_address
4289 - fragP->fr_fix;
4290 }
4291 else
4292 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
4293 break;
4294 }
4295 }
4296 }
4297
4298 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
4299
4300 valueT
4301 md_section_align (segment, size)
4302 asection *segment;
4303 valueT size;
4304 {
4305 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
4306 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
4307
4308 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
4309 }
4310
4311 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
4312 int
4313 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
4314 register fragS *fragP;
4315 asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4316 {
4317 int size;
4318
4319 size = 0;
4320
4321 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
4322 size++;
4323
4324 return size;
4325 }
4326 \f
4327 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4328 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4329 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
4330 # else
4331 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
4332 # endif
4333 #else
4334 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4335 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
4336 # else
4337 const char *md_shortopts = "";
4338 # endif
4339 #endif
4340
4341 struct option md_longopts[] = {
4342 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4343 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
4344 #endif
4345 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
4346 };
4347 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
4348
4349 int
4350 md_parse_option (c, arg)
4351 int c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4352 char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4353 {
4354 switch (c)
4355 {
4356 default:
4357 return 0;
4358
4359 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4360 case 'V':
4361 print_version_id ();
4362 break;
4363 #endif
4364 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4365 case 'c':
4366 warn_comment = 1;
4367 break;
4368 #endif
4369 }
4370
4371 return 1;
4372 }
4373
4374 void
4375 md_show_usage (stream)
4376 FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4377 {
4378 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4379 fprintf (stream, _("\
4380 -Q ignored\n"));
4381 #endif
4382 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4383 fprintf (stream, _("\
4384 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
4385 #endif
4386 }
4387 \f
4388 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
4389
4390 symbolS *
4391 md_undefined_symbol (name)
4392 char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4393 {
4394 return 0;
4395 }
4396
4397 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
4398 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
4399 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
4400 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
4401 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
4402 #else
4403 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
4404 #endif
4405
4406 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
4407
4408 void
4409 md_apply_fix3 (fixP, valP, seg)
4410 fixS *fixP;
4411 valueT *valP;
4412 segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4413 {
4414 unsigned char *buf;
4415 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
4416 offsetT new_val;
4417 int insn, val, fmt;
4418
4419 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
4420 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
4421 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
4422 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4423 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
4424 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
4425 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
4426 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
4427 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
4428 return;
4429
4430 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
4431 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
4432 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
4433 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
4434 {
4435 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
4436 return;
4437 }
4438 #endif
4439 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4440 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
4441 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
4442 return;
4443 #endif
4444
4445 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
4446 fixP->fx_done = 1;
4447
4448 /* There should have been an HPPA specific fixup associated
4449 with the GAS fixup. */
4450 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
4451 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
4452 {
4453 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4454 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
4455 fixP->fx_r_type);
4456 return;
4457 }
4458
4459 buf = (unsigned char *) (fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where);
4460 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf);
4461 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
4462
4463 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
4464 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
4465 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
4466 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
4467 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4468 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
4469 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4470 && fmt != 32
4471 #endif
4472 )
4473 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4474 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4475 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
4476 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
4477 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
4478 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
4479 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
4480 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
4481 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
4482 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4483 #endif
4484 else
4485 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4486
4487 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
4488 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
4489 && fixP->fx_addsy
4490 && fixP->fx_pcrel
4491 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
4492 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
4493 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4494 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
4495 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
4496 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4497 #endif
4498 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4499 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
4500 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4501 #endif
4502 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
4503 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
4504 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
4505 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
4506 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
4507 {
4508 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4509 }
4510
4511 switch (fmt)
4512 {
4513 case 10:
4514 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4515 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4516 val = new_val;
4517
4518 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
4519 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4520 break;
4521 case -11:
4522 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4523 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4524 val = new_val;
4525
4526 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
4527 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4528 break;
4529 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
4530 case 14:
4531 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
4532 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4533 val = new_val;
4534
4535 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
4536 break;
4537
4538 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
4539 case 21:
4540 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
4541 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4542 val = new_val;
4543
4544 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
4545 break;
4546
4547 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
4548 case 11:
4549 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
4550 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4551 val = new_val;
4552
4553 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
4554 break;
4555
4556 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
4557 case 12:
4558 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
4559 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4560 val = new_val - 8;
4561
4562 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
4563 break;
4564
4565 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
4566 case 17:
4567 {
4568 offsetT distance = * valP;
4569
4570 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4571 range target, then we want to complain. */
4572 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4573 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4574 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
4575 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4576
4577 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
4578 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4579 val = new_val - 8;
4580
4581 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
4582 break;
4583 }
4584
4585 case 22:
4586 {
4587 offsetT distance = * valP;
4588
4589 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4590 range target, then we want to complain. */
4591 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4592 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4593 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4594 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4595
4596 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
4597 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4598 val = new_val - 8;
4599
4600 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
4601 break;
4602 }
4603
4604 case -10:
4605 val = new_val;
4606 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
4607 break;
4608
4609 case -16:
4610 val = new_val;
4611 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
4612 break;
4613
4614 case 16:
4615 val = new_val;
4616 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
4617 break;
4618
4619 case 32:
4620 insn = new_val;
4621 break;
4622
4623 default:
4624 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
4625 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
4626 return;
4627 }
4628
4629 /* Insert the relocation. */
4630 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, buf);
4631 }
4632
4633 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
4634 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
4635
4636 long
4637 md_pcrel_from (fixP)
4638 fixS *fixP;
4639 {
4640 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
4641 }
4642
4643 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
4644 a statement. */
4645
4646 static int
4647 is_end_of_statement ()
4648 {
4649 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
4650 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
4651 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
4652 }
4653
4654 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
4655 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
4656 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
4657
4658 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
4659 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
4660 returned in `pa_number'.
4661
4662 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
4663 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
4664 not set.
4665
4666 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
4667 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
4668
4669 static int
4670 pa_parse_number (s, is_float)
4671 char **s;
4672 int is_float;
4673 {
4674 int num;
4675 char *name;
4676 char c;
4677 symbolS *sym;
4678 int status;
4679 char *p = *s;
4680 bfd_boolean have_prefix;
4681
4682 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
4683 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
4684 p = p + 1;
4685
4686 pa_number = -1;
4687 have_prefix = 0;
4688 num = 0;
4689 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
4690 {
4691 /* Looks like a number. */
4692
4693 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
4694 {
4695 /* The number is specified in hex. */
4696 p += 2;
4697 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
4698 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
4699 {
4700 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
4701 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
4702 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
4703 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
4704 else
4705 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
4706 ++p;
4707 }
4708 }
4709 else
4710 {
4711 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
4712 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
4713 {
4714 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
4715 ++p;
4716 }
4717 }
4718
4719 pa_number = num;
4720
4721 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
4722 if (is_float)
4723 {
4724 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
4725 if (! (is_float & 2))
4726 {
4727 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
4728 {
4729 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
4730 ++p;
4731 }
4732 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
4733 {
4734 ++p;
4735 }
4736 }
4737 }
4738 }
4739 else if (*p == '%')
4740 {
4741 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
4742 have_prefix = 1;
4743 name = p;
4744 p++;
4745 c = *p;
4746 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4747 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
4748 slow. */
4749 if (c == 'r')
4750 {
4751 p++;
4752 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
4753 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
4754 {
4755 p += 2;
4756 num = *p - '0' + 28;
4757 p++;
4758 }
4759 else if (*p == 'p')
4760 {
4761 num = 2;
4762 p++;
4763 }
4764 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
4765 {
4766 if (print_errors)
4767 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4768 num = -1;
4769 }
4770 else
4771 {
4772 do
4773 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
4774 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
4775 }
4776 }
4777 else
4778 {
4779 /* Do a normal register search. */
4780 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4781 {
4782 p = p + 1;
4783 c = *p;
4784 }
4785 *p = 0;
4786 status = reg_name_search (name);
4787 if (status >= 0)
4788 num = status;
4789 else
4790 {
4791 if (print_errors)
4792 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4793 num = -1;
4794 }
4795 *p = c;
4796 }
4797
4798 pa_number = num;
4799 }
4800 else
4801 {
4802 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4803 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
4804 name = p;
4805 c = *p;
4806 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4807 {
4808 p = p + 1;
4809 c = *p;
4810 }
4811 *p = 0;
4812 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
4813 {
4814 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
4815 {
4816 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4817 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
4818 register, so... */
4819 have_prefix = TRUE;
4820 }
4821 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
4822 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4823 else if (!strict)
4824 {
4825 if (print_errors)
4826 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
4827 num = -1;
4828 }
4829 }
4830 else if (!strict)
4831 {
4832 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
4833 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
4834 will return zero. That's a concession made for
4835 compatability with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
4836 if (*name == 0)
4837 num = 0;
4838 else
4839 {
4840 if (print_errors)
4841 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
4842 num = -1;
4843 }
4844 }
4845 *p = c;
4846
4847 pa_number = num;
4848 }
4849
4850 if (!strict || have_prefix)
4851 {
4852 *s = p;
4853 return 1;
4854 }
4855 return 0;
4856 }
4857
4858 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
4859
4860 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
4861 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
4862
4863 static int
4864 reg_name_search (name)
4865 char *name;
4866 {
4867 int middle, low, high;
4868 int cmp;
4869
4870 low = 0;
4871 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
4872
4873 do
4874 {
4875 middle = (low + high) / 2;
4876 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
4877 if (cmp < 0)
4878 high = middle - 1;
4879 else if (cmp > 0)
4880 low = middle + 1;
4881 else
4882 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
4883 }
4884 while (low <= high);
4885
4886 return -1;
4887 }
4888
4889 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
4890 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
4891
4892 static int
4893 need_pa11_opcode ()
4894 {
4895 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
4896 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
4897 {
4898 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
4899 then set a new architecture. */
4900 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
4901 {
4902 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
4903 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
4904 }
4905 return TRUE;
4906 }
4907 else
4908 return FALSE;
4909 }
4910
4911 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
4912 code associated with the condition. */
4913
4914 static int
4915 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
4916 char **s;
4917 {
4918 int cond, i;
4919
4920 cond = 0;
4921
4922 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4923 {
4924 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
4925 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
4926 {
4927 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
4928 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4929 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
4930 report an error. */
4931 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4932 {
4933 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4934 break;
4935 }
4936 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
4937 *s = *s + 1;
4938 return cond;
4939 }
4940 }
4941
4942 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
4943
4944 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
4945 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4946 *s += 1;
4947
4948 return 0;
4949 }
4950
4951 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
4952
4953 static int
4954 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (s)
4955 char **s;
4956 {
4957 int value;
4958
4959 value = 0;
4960 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
4961 {
4962 value = 5;
4963 *s += 4;
4964 }
4965 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
4966 {
4967 value = 9;
4968 *s += 4;
4969 }
4970 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
4971 {
4972 value = 13;
4973 *s += 4;
4974 }
4975 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
4976 {
4977 value = 17;
4978 *s += 4;
4979 }
4980 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
4981 {
4982 value = 1;
4983 *s += 3;
4984 }
4985 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
4986 {
4987 value = 6;
4988 *s += 4;
4989 }
4990 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
4991 {
4992 value = 2;
4993 *s += 3;
4994 }
4995 else
4996 {
4997 value = 0;
4998 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
4999 }
5000
5001 return value;
5002 }
5003
5004 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5005 type. */
5006
5007 static fp_operand_format
5008 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (s)
5009 char **s;
5010 {
5011 int format;
5012
5013 format = SGL;
5014 if (**s == ',')
5015 {
5016 *s += 1;
5017 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5018 {
5019 format = SGL;
5020 *s += 4;
5021 }
5022 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5023 {
5024 format = DBL;
5025 *s += 4;
5026 }
5027 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5028 {
5029 format = QUAD;
5030 *s += 5;
5031 }
5032 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
5033 {
5034 format = W;
5035 *s += 2;
5036 }
5037 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
5038 {
5039 format = UW;
5040 *s += 3;
5041 }
5042 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
5043 {
5044 format = DW;
5045 *s += 3;
5046 }
5047 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
5048 {
5049 format = UDW;
5050 *s += 4;
5051 }
5052 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
5053 {
5054 format = QW;
5055 *s += 3;
5056 }
5057 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
5058 {
5059 format = UQW;
5060 *s += 4;
5061 }
5062 else
5063 {
5064 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5065 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5066 }
5067 }
5068
5069 return format;
5070 }
5071
5072 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5073 type. */
5074
5075 static fp_operand_format
5076 pa_parse_fp_format (s)
5077 char **s;
5078 {
5079 int format;
5080
5081 format = SGL;
5082 if (**s == ',')
5083 {
5084 *s += 1;
5085 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5086 {
5087 format = SGL;
5088 *s += 4;
5089 }
5090 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5091 {
5092 format = DBL;
5093 *s += 4;
5094 }
5095 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5096 {
5097 format = QUAD;
5098 *s += 5;
5099 }
5100 else
5101 {
5102 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5103 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5104 }
5105 }
5106
5107 return format;
5108 }
5109
5110 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
5111
5112 static int
5113 pa_chk_field_selector (str)
5114 char **str;
5115 {
5116 int middle, low, high;
5117 int cmp;
5118 char name[4];
5119
5120 /* Read past any whitespace. */
5121 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
5122 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
5123 *str = *str + 1;
5124
5125 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
5126 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5127 name[1] = 0;
5128 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
5129 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5130 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5131 name[2] = 0;
5132 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
5133 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
5134 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
5135 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
5136 name[3] = 0;
5137 else
5138 return e_fsel;
5139
5140 low = 0;
5141 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
5142
5143 do
5144 {
5145 middle = (low + high) / 2;
5146 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
5147 if (cmp < 0)
5148 high = middle - 1;
5149 else if (cmp > 0)
5150 low = middle + 1;
5151 else
5152 {
5153 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
5154 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
5155 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
5156 return e_fsel;
5157 #endif
5158 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
5159 }
5160 }
5161 while (low <= high);
5162
5163 return e_fsel;
5164 }
5165
5166 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
5167
5168 static int
5169 get_expression (str)
5170 char *str;
5171 {
5172 char *save_in;
5173 asection *seg;
5174
5175 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5176 input_line_pointer = str;
5177 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
5178 if (!(seg == absolute_section
5179 || seg == undefined_section
5180 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
5181 {
5182 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
5183 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5184 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5185 return 1;
5186 }
5187 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5188 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5189 return 0;
5190 }
5191
5192 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
5193 static int
5194 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
5195 struct pa_it *insn;
5196 char **strp;
5197 {
5198 char *save_in;
5199
5200 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
5201 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5202 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5203 expression (&insn->exp);
5204 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
5205
5206 The PA assembly syntax is ambigious in a variety of ways. Consider
5207 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
5208 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
5209
5210 If we get a modulo expresion When looking for an absolute, we try
5211 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
5212 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
5213 {
5214 char *s, c;
5215 int retval;
5216
5217 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5218 s = *strp;
5219 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
5220 s++;
5221
5222 c = *s;
5223 *s = 0;
5224
5225 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
5226
5227 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5228 *s = c;
5229 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5230 }
5231 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
5232 and return to our caller. */
5233 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
5234 {
5235 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5236 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5237 return 0;
5238 }
5239 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
5240 {
5241 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
5242 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5243 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5244 return 0;
5245 }
5246 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5247 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5248 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5249 }
5250
5251 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
5252 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
5253 static int
5254 evaluate_absolute (insn)
5255 struct pa_it *insn;
5256 {
5257 offsetT value;
5258 expressionS exp;
5259 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
5260
5261 exp = insn->exp;
5262 value = exp.X_add_number;
5263
5264 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
5265 }
5266
5267 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
5268 argument location number. */
5269
5270 static unsigned int
5271 pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
5272 char *type_name;
5273 {
5274
5275 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
5276 return 0;
5277 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
5278 return 1;
5279 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
5280 return 2;
5281 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
5282 return 3;
5283 else
5284 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
5285
5286 return 0;
5287 }
5288
5289 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
5290 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
5291
5292 static unsigned int
5293 pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
5294 unsigned int reg;
5295 unsigned int arg_reloc;
5296 {
5297 unsigned int new_reloc;
5298
5299 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
5300 switch (reg)
5301 {
5302 case 0:
5303 new_reloc <<= 8;
5304 break;
5305 case 1:
5306 new_reloc <<= 6;
5307 break;
5308 case 2:
5309 new_reloc <<= 4;
5310 break;
5311 case 3:
5312 new_reloc <<= 2;
5313 break;
5314 default:
5315 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
5316 }
5317
5318 return new_reloc;
5319 }
5320
5321 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
5322 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
5323
5324 static int
5325 pa_parse_nullif (s)
5326 char **s;
5327 {
5328 int nullif;
5329
5330 nullif = 0;
5331 if (**s == ',')
5332 {
5333 *s = *s + 1;
5334 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
5335 nullif = 1;
5336 else
5337 {
5338 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
5339 nullif = 0;
5340 }
5341 *s = *s + 1;
5342 }
5343
5344 return nullif;
5345 }
5346
5347 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5348 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5349
5350 static int
5351 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5352 char **s;
5353 {
5354 int cmpltr;
5355 char *name = *s + 1;
5356 char c;
5357 char *save_s = *s;
5358 int nullify = 0;
5359
5360 cmpltr = 0;
5361 if (**s == ',')
5362 {
5363 *s += 1;
5364 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5365 *s += 1;
5366 c = **s;
5367 **s = 0x00;
5368
5369 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5370 {
5371 cmpltr = 1;
5372 }
5373 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5374 {
5375 cmpltr = 2;
5376 }
5377 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5378 {
5379 cmpltr = 3;
5380 }
5381 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
5382 {
5383 cmpltr = 4;
5384 }
5385 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
5386 {
5387 cmpltr = 5;
5388 }
5389 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5390 {
5391 cmpltr = 6;
5392 }
5393 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5394 {
5395 cmpltr = 7;
5396 }
5397 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5398 completer. */
5399 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5400 {
5401 cmpltr = 0;
5402 nullify = 1;
5403 }
5404 else
5405 {
5406 cmpltr = -1;
5407 }
5408 **s = c;
5409 }
5410
5411 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5412 if (nullify)
5413 *s = save_s;
5414
5415 return cmpltr;
5416 }
5417
5418 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5419 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5420
5421 static int
5422 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s)
5423 char **s;
5424 {
5425 int cmpltr;
5426 char *name = *s + 1;
5427 char c;
5428 char *save_s = *s;
5429 int nullify = 0;
5430
5431 cmpltr = 0;
5432 if (**s == ',')
5433 {
5434 *s += 1;
5435 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5436 *s += 1;
5437 c = **s;
5438 **s = 0x00;
5439
5440 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5441 {
5442 cmpltr = 0;
5443 }
5444 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5445 {
5446 cmpltr = 1;
5447 }
5448 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5449 {
5450 cmpltr = 2;
5451 }
5452 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5453 {
5454 cmpltr = 3;
5455 }
5456 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
5457 {
5458 cmpltr = 4;
5459 }
5460 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
5461 {
5462 cmpltr = 5;
5463 }
5464 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5465 {
5466 cmpltr = 6;
5467 }
5468 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5469 {
5470 cmpltr = 7;
5471 }
5472 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5473 completer. */
5474 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5475 {
5476 cmpltr = 0;
5477 nullify = 1;
5478 }
5479 else
5480 {
5481 cmpltr = -1;
5482 }
5483 **s = c;
5484 }
5485
5486 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5487 if (nullify)
5488 *s = save_s;
5489
5490 return cmpltr;
5491 }
5492
5493 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
5494 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5495
5496 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
5497 returned as 8-15. */
5498
5499 static int
5500 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (s)
5501 char **s;
5502 {
5503 int cmpltr;
5504 char *name = *s + 1;
5505 char c;
5506
5507 cmpltr = -1;
5508 if (**s == ',')
5509 {
5510 *s += 1;
5511 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5512 *s += 1;
5513 c = **s;
5514 **s = 0x00;
5515
5516 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
5517 {
5518 cmpltr = 0;
5519 }
5520 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5521 {
5522 cmpltr = 1;
5523 }
5524 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5525 {
5526 cmpltr = 2;
5527 }
5528 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5529 {
5530 cmpltr = 3;
5531 }
5532 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5533 {
5534 cmpltr = 4;
5535 }
5536 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
5537 {
5538 cmpltr = 5;
5539 }
5540 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
5541 {
5542 cmpltr = 6;
5543 }
5544 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
5545 {
5546 cmpltr = 7;
5547 }
5548 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
5549 {
5550 cmpltr = 8;
5551 }
5552 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5553 {
5554 cmpltr = 9;
5555 }
5556 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5557 {
5558 cmpltr = 10;
5559 }
5560 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5561 {
5562 cmpltr = 11;
5563 }
5564 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5565 {
5566 cmpltr = 12;
5567 }
5568 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
5569 {
5570 cmpltr = 13;
5571 }
5572 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
5573 {
5574 cmpltr = 14;
5575 }
5576 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
5577 {
5578 cmpltr = 15;
5579 }
5580 else
5581 {
5582 cmpltr = -1;
5583 }
5584 **s = c;
5585 }
5586
5587 return cmpltr;
5588 }
5589
5590 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
5591 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5592
5593 static int
5594 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (s)
5595 char **s;
5596 {
5597 int cmpltr;
5598 char *name = *s + 1;
5599 char c;
5600
5601 cmpltr = -1;
5602 if (**s == ',')
5603 {
5604 *s += 1;
5605 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5606 *s += 1;
5607 c = **s;
5608 **s = 0x00;
5609
5610 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5611 {
5612 cmpltr = 0;
5613 }
5614 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5615 {
5616 cmpltr = 1;
5617 }
5618 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5619 {
5620 cmpltr = 2;
5621 }
5622 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5623 {
5624 cmpltr = 3;
5625 }
5626 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5627 {
5628 cmpltr = 4;
5629 }
5630 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5631 {
5632 cmpltr = 5;
5633 }
5634 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5635 {
5636 cmpltr = 6;
5637 }
5638 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5639 {
5640 cmpltr = 7;
5641 }
5642 else
5643 {
5644 cmpltr = -1;
5645 }
5646 **s = c;
5647 }
5648
5649 return cmpltr;
5650 }
5651
5652 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
5653 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5654
5655 static int
5656 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s)
5657 char **s;
5658 {
5659 int cmpltr;
5660 char *name = *s + 1;
5661 char c;
5662 char *save_s = *s;
5663 int nullify = 0;
5664
5665 cmpltr = 0;
5666 if (**s == ',')
5667 {
5668 *s += 1;
5669 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5670 *s += 1;
5671 c = **s;
5672 **s = 0x00;
5673 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5674 {
5675 cmpltr = 1;
5676 }
5677 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5678 {
5679 cmpltr = 2;
5680 }
5681 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5682 {
5683 cmpltr = 3;
5684 }
5685 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5686 {
5687 cmpltr = 4;
5688 }
5689 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
5690 {
5691 cmpltr = 5;
5692 }
5693 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5694 {
5695 cmpltr = 6;
5696 }
5697 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5698 {
5699 cmpltr = 7;
5700 }
5701 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5702 completer. */
5703 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5704 {
5705 cmpltr = 0;
5706 nullify = 1;
5707 }
5708 else
5709 {
5710 cmpltr = -1;
5711 }
5712 **s = c;
5713 }
5714
5715 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5716 if (nullify)
5717 *s = save_s;
5718
5719 return cmpltr;
5720 }
5721
5722 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
5723 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5724
5725 static int
5726 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s)
5727 char **s;
5728 {
5729 int cmpltr;
5730 char *name = *s + 1;
5731 char c;
5732 char *save_s = *s;
5733 int nullify = 0;
5734
5735 cmpltr = 0;
5736 if (**s == ',')
5737 {
5738 *s += 1;
5739 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5740 *s += 1;
5741 c = **s;
5742 **s = 0x00;
5743 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5744 {
5745 cmpltr = 0;
5746 }
5747 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5748 {
5749 cmpltr = 1;
5750 }
5751 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5752 {
5753 cmpltr = 2;
5754 }
5755 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5756 {
5757 cmpltr = 3;
5758 }
5759 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5760 {
5761 cmpltr = 4;
5762 }
5763 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
5764 {
5765 cmpltr = 5;
5766 }
5767 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5768 {
5769 cmpltr = 6;
5770 }
5771 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5772 {
5773 cmpltr = 7;
5774 }
5775 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5776 completer. */
5777 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5778 {
5779 cmpltr = 0;
5780 nullify = 1;
5781 }
5782 else
5783 {
5784 cmpltr = -1;
5785 }
5786 **s = c;
5787 }
5788
5789 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5790 if (nullify)
5791 *s = save_s;
5792
5793 return cmpltr;
5794 }
5795
5796 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
5797 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5798
5799 static int
5800 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (s)
5801 char **s;
5802 {
5803 int cmpltr;
5804 char *name = *s + 1;
5805 char c;
5806 char *save_s = *s;
5807 int nullify = 0;
5808
5809 cmpltr = 0;
5810 if (**s == ',')
5811 {
5812 *s += 1;
5813 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5814 *s += 1;
5815 c = **s;
5816 **s = 0x00;
5817 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5818 {
5819 cmpltr = 1;
5820 }
5821 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5822 {
5823 cmpltr = 2;
5824 }
5825 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5826 {
5827 cmpltr = 3;
5828 }
5829 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5830 {
5831 cmpltr = 4;
5832 }
5833 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5834 {
5835 cmpltr = 5;
5836 }
5837 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5838 {
5839 cmpltr = 6;
5840 }
5841 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5842 {
5843 cmpltr = 7;
5844 }
5845 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5846 {
5847 cmpltr = 8;
5848 }
5849 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5850 {
5851 cmpltr = 9;
5852 }
5853 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5854 {
5855 cmpltr = 10;
5856 }
5857 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5858 {
5859 cmpltr = 11;
5860 }
5861 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5862 {
5863 cmpltr = 12;
5864 }
5865 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5866 {
5867 cmpltr = 13;
5868 }
5869 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5870 {
5871 cmpltr = 14;
5872 }
5873 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5874 {
5875 cmpltr = 15;
5876 }
5877 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5878 completer. */
5879 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5880 {
5881 cmpltr = 0;
5882 nullify = 1;
5883 }
5884 else
5885 {
5886 cmpltr = -1;
5887 }
5888 **s = c;
5889 }
5890
5891 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5892 if (nullify)
5893 *s = save_s;
5894
5895 return cmpltr;
5896 }
5897
5898 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5899 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5900 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5901 static void
5902 pa_align (bytes)
5903 int bytes;
5904 {
5905 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5906 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5907
5908 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5909 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5910
5911 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5912 alignment if necessary. */
5913 if (log2 (bytes) != -1)
5914 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, log2 (bytes));
5915 }
5916 #endif
5917
5918 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5919
5920 static void
5921 pa_block (z)
5922 int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5923 {
5924 char *p;
5925 long int temp_fill;
5926 unsigned int temp_size;
5927 unsigned int i;
5928
5929 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5930 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5931 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5932 #endif
5933
5934 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5935
5936 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5937 temp_fill = 0;
5938
5939 p = frag_var (rs_fill, (int) temp_size, (int) temp_size,
5940 (relax_substateT) 0, (symbolS *) 0, (offsetT) 1, NULL);
5941 memset (p, 0, temp_size);
5942
5943 /* Convert 2 bytes at a time. */
5944
5945 for (i = 0; i < temp_size; i += 2)
5946 {
5947 md_number_to_chars (p + i,
5948 (valueT) temp_fill,
5949 (int) ((temp_size - i) > 2 ? 2 : (temp_size - i)));
5950 }
5951
5952 pa_undefine_label ();
5953 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5954 }
5955
5956 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5957
5958 static void
5959 pa_brtab (begin)
5960 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5961 {
5962
5963 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5964 /* The BRTAB relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5965 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5966 char *where = frag_more (0);
5967
5968 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5969 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5970 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5971 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5972 #endif
5973
5974 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5975 }
5976
5977 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5978
5979 static void
5980 pa_try (begin)
5981 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5982 {
5983 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5984 expressionS exp;
5985 char *where = frag_more (0);
5986
5987 if (! begin)
5988 expression (&exp);
5989
5990 /* The TRY relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5991 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5992
5993 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5994 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5995 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
5996 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5997 #endif
5998
5999 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6000 }
6001
6002 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
6003 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
6004 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
6005
6006 static void
6007 pa_call (unused)
6008 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6009 {
6010 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6011 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6012 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6013 #endif
6014
6015 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
6016 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6017 }
6018
6019 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
6020 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
6021
6022 static void
6023 pa_call_args (call_desc)
6024 struct call_desc *call_desc;
6025 {
6026 char *name, c, *p;
6027 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6028
6029 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6030 {
6031 name = input_line_pointer;
6032 c = get_symbol_end ();
6033 /* Process a source argument. */
6034 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6035 {
6036 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6037 p = input_line_pointer;
6038 *p = c;
6039 input_line_pointer++;
6040 name = input_line_pointer;
6041 c = get_symbol_end ();
6042 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6043 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
6044 }
6045 /* Process a return value. */
6046 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
6047 {
6048 p = input_line_pointer;
6049 *p = c;
6050 input_line_pointer++;
6051 name = input_line_pointer;
6052 c = get_symbol_end ();
6053 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6054 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
6055 }
6056 else
6057 {
6058 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
6059 }
6060 p = input_line_pointer;
6061 *p = c;
6062 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6063 input_line_pointer++;
6064 }
6065 }
6066
6067 /* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
6068
6069 static int
6070 is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
6071 fragS *frag1;
6072 fragS *frag2;
6073 {
6074
6075 if (frag1 == NULL)
6076 return (FALSE);
6077 else if (frag2 == NULL)
6078 return (FALSE);
6079 else if (frag1 == frag2)
6080 return (TRUE);
6081 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
6082 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
6083 else
6084 return (FALSE);
6085 }
6086
6087 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6088 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
6089 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
6090 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
6091 of the unwind spaces. */
6092
6093 static void
6094 pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
6095 struct call_info *call_info;
6096 {
6097 asection *seg, *save_seg;
6098 subsegT save_subseg;
6099 unsigned int unwind;
6100 int reloc;
6101 char *p;
6102
6103 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
6104 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6105 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6106 return;
6107
6108 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6109 save_seg = now_seg;
6110 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6111 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6112 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6113 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6114 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6115 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6116 {
6117 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6118 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6119 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6120 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6121 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6122 }
6123
6124 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6125
6126 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6127 descriptor. */
6128 p = frag_more (16);
6129
6130 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6131 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6132 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6133 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6134 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6135 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6136
6137 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6138
6139 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6140 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6141 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6142 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6143 finished with its work. */
6144 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6145 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6146 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6147 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6148 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6149
6150 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6151 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6152 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6153
6154 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6155 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6156
6157 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6158 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6159 }
6160 #endif
6161
6162 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6163 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6164 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6165
6166 static void
6167 pa_callinfo (unused)
6168 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6169 {
6170 char *name, c, *p;
6171 int temp;
6172
6173 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6174 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6175 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6176 #endif
6177
6178 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6179 if (!within_procedure)
6180 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6181
6182 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6183 current procedure. */
6184 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6185
6186 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6187 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6188 {
6189 name = input_line_pointer;
6190 c = get_symbol_end ();
6191 /* Frame size specification. */
6192 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6193 {
6194 p = input_line_pointer;
6195 *p = c;
6196 input_line_pointer++;
6197 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6198 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6199 {
6200 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6201 temp = 0;
6202 }
6203
6204 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6205 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6206
6207 }
6208 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6209 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6210 {
6211 p = input_line_pointer;
6212 *p = c;
6213 input_line_pointer++;
6214 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6215 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6216 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6217 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6218 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6219 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6220 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6221 }
6222 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6223 {
6224 p = input_line_pointer;
6225 *p = c;
6226 input_line_pointer++;
6227 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6228 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6229 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6230 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6231 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6232 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6233 }
6234 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6235 {
6236 p = input_line_pointer;
6237 *p = c;
6238 input_line_pointer++;
6239 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6240 if (temp != 3)
6241 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6242 }
6243 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6244 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6245 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6246 {
6247 p = input_line_pointer;
6248 *p = c;
6249 }
6250 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6251 {
6252 p = input_line_pointer;
6253 *p = c;
6254 }
6255 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6256 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6257 {
6258 p = input_line_pointer;
6259 *p = c;
6260 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6261 }
6262 /* Likewise for SP. */
6263 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6264 {
6265 p = input_line_pointer;
6266 *p = c;
6267 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6268 }
6269 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6270 in the unwind descriptor. */
6271 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6272 {
6273 p = input_line_pointer;
6274 *p = c;
6275 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6276 }
6277 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6278 unwind descriptor. */
6279 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6280 {
6281 p = input_line_pointer;
6282 *p = c;
6283 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6284 }
6285 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6286 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6287 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6288 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6289 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6290 {
6291 p = input_line_pointer;
6292 *p = c;
6293 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6294 }
6295 else
6296 {
6297 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6298 *input_line_pointer = c;
6299 }
6300 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6301 input_line_pointer++;
6302 }
6303
6304 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6305 }
6306
6307 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
6308 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6309 label when finished. */
6310 static void
6311 pa_text (unused)
6312 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6313 {
6314 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6315 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6316 current_subspace
6317 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6318 #endif
6319
6320 s_text (0);
6321 pa_undefine_label ();
6322 }
6323
6324 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6325 static void
6326 pa_data (unused)
6327 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6328 {
6329 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6330 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6331 current_subspace
6332 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6333 #endif
6334 s_data (0);
6335 pa_undefine_label ();
6336 }
6337
6338 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6339 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6340
6341 <label> .comm <length>
6342
6343 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6344 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6345 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6346 and subspace.
6347
6348 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6349
6350 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6351 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6352 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6353 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6354 a pain.
6355
6356 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6357
6358 static void
6359 pa_comm (unused)
6360 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6361 {
6362 unsigned int size;
6363 symbolS *symbol;
6364 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6365
6366 if (label_symbol)
6367 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6368 else
6369 symbol = NULL;
6370
6371 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6372 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6373
6374 if (symbol)
6375 {
6376 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6377 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6378 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6379
6380 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6381 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6382 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6383 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6384 }
6385 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6386 }
6387 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)) */
6388
6389 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6390
6391 static void
6392 pa_end (unused)
6393 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6394 {
6395 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6396 }
6397
6398 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6399 static void
6400 pa_enter (unused)
6401 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6402 {
6403 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6404 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6405 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6406 #endif
6407
6408 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6409 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6410 }
6411
6412 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6413 procesure. */
6414 static void
6415 pa_entry (unused)
6416 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6417 {
6418 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6419 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6420 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6421 #endif
6422
6423 if (!within_procedure)
6424 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6425 else
6426 {
6427 if (!callinfo_found)
6428 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6429 }
6430 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6431 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6432
6433 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6434 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6435 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6436 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6437 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6438
6439 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6440 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6441 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6442 denote the entry and exit points. */
6443 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6444 {
6445 char *where;
6446 unsigned int u;
6447
6448 where = frag_more (0);
6449 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6450 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6451 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6452 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6453 }
6454 #endif
6455 }
6456
6457 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6458 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6459 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6460 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6461
6462 int
6463 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (resultP, op, rightP)
6464 expressionS *resultP;
6465 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6466 expressionS *rightP;
6467 {
6468 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6469 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6470 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6471 {
6472 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6473 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6474 }
6475 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6476 }
6477
6478 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6479
6480 static void
6481 pa_equ (reg)
6482 int reg;
6483 {
6484 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6485 symbolS *symbol;
6486
6487 if (label_symbol)
6488 {
6489 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6490 if (reg)
6491 {
6492 strict = 1;
6493 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6494 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6495 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6496 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6497 }
6498 else
6499 {
6500 expressionS exp;
6501 segT seg;
6502
6503 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6504 seg = expression (&exp);
6505 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6506 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6507 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6508 {
6509 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6510 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6511 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6512 seg = absolute_section;
6513 }
6514 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6515 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6516 }
6517 }
6518 else
6519 {
6520 if (reg)
6521 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6522 else
6523 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6524 }
6525
6526 pa_undefine_label ();
6527 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6528 }
6529
6530 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6531 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6532 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6533
6534 static void
6535 process_exit ()
6536 {
6537 char *where;
6538
6539 where = frag_more (0);
6540
6541 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6542 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6543 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6544 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6545 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6546 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6547 #else
6548 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6549 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6550 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6551 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6552
6553 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6554 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6555 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6556 denote the entry and exit points. */
6557 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6558 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6559 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6560 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6561 #endif
6562 }
6563
6564 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6565
6566 static void
6567 pa_exit (unused)
6568 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6569 {
6570 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6571 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6572 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6573 #endif
6574
6575 if (!within_procedure)
6576 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6577 else
6578 {
6579 if (!callinfo_found)
6580 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6581 else
6582 {
6583 if (!within_entry_exit)
6584 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6585 else
6586 {
6587 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6588 process_exit ();
6589 }
6590 }
6591 }
6592 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6593 }
6594
6595 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6596 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6597 to callers. */
6598
6599 static void
6600 pa_export (unused)
6601 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6602 {
6603 char *name, c, *p;
6604 symbolS *symbol;
6605
6606 name = input_line_pointer;
6607 c = get_symbol_end ();
6608 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6609 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6610 {
6611 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6612 p = input_line_pointer;
6613 *p = c;
6614 input_line_pointer++;
6615 }
6616 else
6617 {
6618 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6619 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6620 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6621 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6622 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6623 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6624 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6625 p = input_line_pointer;
6626 *p = c;
6627 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6628 {
6629 input_line_pointer++;
6630 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6631 }
6632 }
6633
6634 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6635 }
6636
6637 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6638
6639 static void
6640 pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
6641 symbolS *symbolP;
6642 int is_export;
6643 {
6644 char *name, c, *p;
6645 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6646 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6647 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6648
6649 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6650
6651 {
6652 input_line_pointer += 8;
6653 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6654 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6655 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6656 }
6657 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6658 {
6659 input_line_pointer += 4;
6660 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6661 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6662
6663 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6664 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6665 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6666 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6667 {
6668 if (is_export)
6669 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6670 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6671
6672 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6673 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6674 }
6675 else
6676 {
6677 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6678 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6679 }
6680 }
6681 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6682 {
6683 input_line_pointer += 4;
6684 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6685 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6686 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6687 }
6688 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6689 {
6690 input_line_pointer += 5;
6691 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6692 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6693 }
6694 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6695 {
6696 input_line_pointer += 9;
6697 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6698 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6699 {
6700 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6701 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6702 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6703 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6704 }
6705 #endif
6706 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6707 }
6708 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6709 {
6710 input_line_pointer += 6;
6711 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6712 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6713 }
6714 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6715 {
6716 input_line_pointer += 8;
6717 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6718 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6719 }
6720 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6721 {
6722 input_line_pointer += 8;
6723 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6724 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6725 }
6726
6727 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6728 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6729 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6730 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6731 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6732 #endif
6733
6734 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6735 handle any argument relocation information. */
6736 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6737 {
6738 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6739 input_line_pointer++;
6740 name = input_line_pointer;
6741 c = get_symbol_end ();
6742 /* Argument sources. */
6743 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6744 {
6745 p = input_line_pointer;
6746 *p = c;
6747 input_line_pointer++;
6748 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6749 name = input_line_pointer;
6750 c = get_symbol_end ();
6751 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6752 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6753 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6754 #endif
6755 *input_line_pointer = c;
6756 }
6757 /* The return value. */
6758 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6759 {
6760 p = input_line_pointer;
6761 *p = c;
6762 input_line_pointer++;
6763 name = input_line_pointer;
6764 c = get_symbol_end ();
6765 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6766 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6767 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6768 #endif
6769 *input_line_pointer = c;
6770 }
6771 /* Privelege level. */
6772 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6773 {
6774 p = input_line_pointer;
6775 *p = c;
6776 input_line_pointer++;
6777 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6778 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6779 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6780 #endif
6781 c = get_symbol_end ();
6782 *input_line_pointer = c;
6783 }
6784 else
6785 {
6786 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6787 p = input_line_pointer;
6788 *p = c;
6789 }
6790 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6791 input_line_pointer++;
6792 }
6793 }
6794
6795 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6796 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6797 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6798
6799 static void
6800 pa_import (unused)
6801 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6802 {
6803 char *name, c, *p;
6804 symbolS *symbol;
6805
6806 name = input_line_pointer;
6807 c = get_symbol_end ();
6808
6809 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6810 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6811 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6812 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6813 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6814 {
6815 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6816 p = input_line_pointer;
6817 *p = c;
6818
6819 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6820 {
6821 input_line_pointer++;
6822 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6823 }
6824 else
6825 {
6826 /* Sigh. To be compatable with the HP assembler and to help
6827 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6828 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6829 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6830 if (now_seg == text_section)
6831 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6832
6833 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6834 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6835 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6836 }
6837 }
6838 else
6839 {
6840 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6841 the end of the current statement. */
6842 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6843 input_line_pointer++;
6844 }
6845
6846 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6847 }
6848
6849 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6850
6851 static void
6852 pa_label (unused)
6853 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6854 {
6855 char *name, c, *p;
6856
6857 name = input_line_pointer;
6858 c = get_symbol_end ();
6859
6860 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6861 {
6862 colon (name);
6863 p = input_line_pointer;
6864 *p = c;
6865 }
6866 else
6867 {
6868 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6869 }
6870
6871 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6872 {
6873 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6874 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6875 }
6876 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6877 }
6878
6879 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6880
6881 static void
6882 pa_leave (unused)
6883 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6884 {
6885 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6886 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6887 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6888 #endif
6889
6890 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6891 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6892 }
6893
6894 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6895
6896 static void
6897 pa_level (unused)
6898 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6899 {
6900 char *level;
6901
6902 level = input_line_pointer;
6903 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6904 {
6905 input_line_pointer += 3;
6906 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6907 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6908 }
6909 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6910 {
6911 input_line_pointer += 3;
6912 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6913 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6914 }
6915 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6916 {
6917 input_line_pointer += 4;
6918 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6919 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6920 }
6921 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6922 {
6923 input_line_pointer += 3;
6924 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6925 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6926 }
6927 else
6928 {
6929 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6930 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6931 }
6932 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6933 }
6934
6935 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6936
6937 static void
6938 pa_origin (unused)
6939 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6940 {
6941 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6942 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6943 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6944 #endif
6945
6946 s_org (0);
6947 pa_undefine_label ();
6948 }
6949
6950 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6951 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6952
6953 static void
6954 pa_param (unused)
6955 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6956 {
6957 char *name, c, *p;
6958 symbolS *symbol;
6959
6960 name = input_line_pointer;
6961 c = get_symbol_end ();
6962
6963 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6964 {
6965 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6966 p = input_line_pointer;
6967 *p = c;
6968 input_line_pointer++;
6969 }
6970 else
6971 {
6972 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6973 p = input_line_pointer;
6974 *p = c;
6975 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6976 {
6977 input_line_pointer++;
6978 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6979 }
6980 }
6981
6982 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6983 }
6984
6985 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6986 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6987
6988 static void
6989 pa_proc (unused)
6990 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6991 {
6992 struct call_info *call_info;
6993
6994 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6995 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6996 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6997 #endif
6998
6999 if (within_procedure)
7000 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
7001
7002 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
7003 callinfo_found = FALSE;
7004 within_procedure = TRUE;
7005
7006 /* Create another call_info structure. */
7007 call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
7008
7009 if (!call_info)
7010 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
7011
7012 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
7013
7014 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
7015
7016 if (call_info_root == NULL)
7017 {
7018 call_info_root = call_info;
7019 last_call_info = call_info;
7020 }
7021 else
7022 {
7023 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
7024 last_call_info = call_info;
7025 }
7026
7027 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
7028
7029 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
7030 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
7031 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
7032
7033 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
7034 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
7035 {
7036 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7037
7038 if (label_symbol)
7039 {
7040 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7041 {
7042 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7043 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7044 }
7045 else
7046 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7047 }
7048 else
7049 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7050 }
7051
7052 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7053 }
7054
7055 /* Process the syntatical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7056 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7057
7058 static void
7059 pa_procend (unused)
7060 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7061 {
7062
7063 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7064 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7065 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7066 #endif
7067
7068 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7069 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7070 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7071
7072 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7073 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7074 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7075 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7076 {
7077 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7078
7079 if (label_symbol)
7080 {
7081 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7082 {
7083 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7084 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7085 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7086 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7087 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7088 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7089 if (within_entry_exit)
7090 {
7091 char *where;
7092 unsigned int u;
7093
7094 where = frag_more (0);
7095 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7096 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7097 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7098 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7099 }
7100 #endif
7101 }
7102 else
7103 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7104 }
7105 else
7106 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7107 }
7108
7109 if (!within_procedure)
7110 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7111
7112 if (!callinfo_found)
7113 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7114
7115 if (within_entry_exit)
7116 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7117
7118 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7119 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7120 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7121 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7122 #endif
7123
7124 within_procedure = FALSE;
7125 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7126 pa_undefine_label ();
7127 }
7128
7129 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7130 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7131 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7132
7133 static int
7134 log2 (value)
7135 int value;
7136 {
7137 int shift = 0;
7138
7139 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7140 shift++;
7141
7142 if (shift >= 32)
7143 return -1;
7144 else
7145 return shift;
7146 }
7147
7148 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7149
7150 static void
7151 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ()
7152 {
7153 if (current_space == NULL)
7154 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7155
7156 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7157 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7158 }
7159
7160 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7161 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7162 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7163
7164 static sd_chain_struct *
7165 pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
7166 char *space_name;
7167 int create_flag;
7168 {
7169 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7170 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7171 int spnum;
7172 asection *seg = NULL;
7173 sd_chain_struct *space;
7174
7175 /* load default values */
7176 spnum = 0;
7177 sort = 0;
7178 loadable = TRUE;
7179 defined = TRUE;
7180 private = FALSE;
7181 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7182 {
7183 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7184 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7185 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7186 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7187 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7188 }
7189 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7190 {
7191 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7192 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7193 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7194 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7195 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7196 }
7197
7198 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7199 {
7200 print_errors = FALSE;
7201 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7202 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7203 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7204 the line should be ignored. */
7205 strict = 0;
7206 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7207 if (pa_number >= 0)
7208 {
7209 spnum = pa_number;
7210 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7211 }
7212 else
7213 {
7214 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7215 {
7216 input_line_pointer++;
7217 name = input_line_pointer;
7218 c = get_symbol_end ();
7219 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7220 {
7221 *input_line_pointer = c;
7222 input_line_pointer++;
7223 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7224 }
7225 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7226 {
7227 *input_line_pointer = c;
7228 input_line_pointer++;
7229 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7230 }
7231 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7232 {
7233 *input_line_pointer = c;
7234 loadable = FALSE;
7235 }
7236 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7237 {
7238 *input_line_pointer = c;
7239 defined = FALSE;
7240 }
7241 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7242 {
7243 *input_line_pointer = c;
7244 private = TRUE;
7245 }
7246 else
7247 {
7248 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7249 *input_line_pointer = c;
7250 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7251 input_line_pointer++;
7252 }
7253 }
7254 }
7255 print_errors = TRUE;
7256 }
7257
7258 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7259 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7260
7261 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7262 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7263 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7264 the first occurence of a built-in space. */
7265 if (create_flag)
7266 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7267 private, sort, seg, 1);
7268 else
7269 {
7270 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7271 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7272 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7273 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7274 }
7275
7276 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7277 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7278 #endif
7279
7280 return space;
7281 }
7282
7283 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7284 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7285
7286 static void
7287 pa_space (unused)
7288 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7289 {
7290 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7291 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7292
7293 if (within_procedure)
7294 {
7295 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7296 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7297 }
7298 else
7299 {
7300 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7301 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7302 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7303 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7304 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7305 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7306 {
7307 input_line_pointer += 6;
7308 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7309 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7310 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7311 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7312 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7313
7314 current_space = sd_chain;
7315 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7316 current_subspace
7317 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7318 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7319 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7320 return;
7321 }
7322 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7323 {
7324 input_line_pointer += 9;
7325 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7326 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7327 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7328 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7329 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7330
7331 current_space = sd_chain;
7332 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7333 current_subspace
7334 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7335 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7336 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7337 return;
7338 }
7339 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7340 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7341 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7342 {
7343 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7344 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7345 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7346 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7347 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7348 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7349
7350 current_space = sd_chain;
7351
7352 {
7353 asection *gdb_section
7354 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7355
7356 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7357 current_subspace
7358 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7359 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7360 }
7361 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7362 return;
7363 }
7364
7365 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7366 print_errors = 0;
7367 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7368 strict = 0;
7369 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7370 if (pa_number >= 0)
7371 {
7372 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7373 {
7374 current_space = sd_chain;
7375
7376 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7377 current_subspace
7378 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7379 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7380 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7381 return;
7382 }
7383 }
7384
7385 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7386 print_errors = 1;
7387 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7388 name = input_line_pointer;
7389 c = get_symbol_end ();
7390 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7391 strcpy (space_name, name);
7392 *input_line_pointer = c;
7393
7394 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7395 current_space = sd_chain;
7396
7397 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7398 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7399 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7400 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7401 }
7402 }
7403
7404 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7405
7406 static void
7407 pa_spnum (unused)
7408 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7409 {
7410 char *name;
7411 char c;
7412 char *p;
7413 sd_chain_struct *space;
7414
7415 name = input_line_pointer;
7416 c = get_symbol_end ();
7417 space = is_defined_space (name);
7418 if (space)
7419 {
7420 p = frag_more (4);
7421 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7422 }
7423 else
7424 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7425
7426 *input_line_pointer = c;
7427 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7428 }
7429
7430 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7431 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7432
7433 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7434 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7435
7436 static void
7437 pa_subspace (create_new)
7438 int create_new;
7439 {
7440 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7441 char loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7442 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7443 sd_chain_struct *space;
7444 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7445 asection *section;
7446
7447 if (current_space == NULL)
7448 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7449
7450 if (within_procedure)
7451 {
7452 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7453 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7454 }
7455 else
7456 {
7457 name = input_line_pointer;
7458 c = get_symbol_end ();
7459 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7460 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7461 *input_line_pointer = c;
7462
7463 /* Load default values. */
7464 sort = 0;
7465 access = 0x7f;
7466 loadable = 1;
7467 common = 0;
7468 dup_common = 0;
7469 code_only = 0;
7470 zero = 0;
7471 space_index = ~0;
7472 alignment = 1;
7473 quadrant = 0;
7474
7475 space = current_space;
7476 if (create_new)
7477 ssd = NULL;
7478 else
7479 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7480 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7481 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7482 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7483 {
7484 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7485 current_subspace = ssd;
7486 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7487 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7488 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7489 return;
7490 }
7491 else
7492 {
7493 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7494 the builtin subspaces. */
7495 i = 0;
7496 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7497 {
7498 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7499 {
7500 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7501 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7502 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7503 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7504 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7505 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7506 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7507 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7508 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7509 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7510 break;
7511 }
7512 i++;
7513 }
7514 }
7515
7516 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7517 any information as specified by the user. */
7518 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7519 {
7520 input_line_pointer++;
7521 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7522 {
7523 name = input_line_pointer;
7524 c = get_symbol_end ();
7525 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7526 {
7527 *input_line_pointer = c;
7528 input_line_pointer++;
7529 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7530 }
7531 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7532 {
7533 *input_line_pointer = c;
7534 input_line_pointer++;
7535 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7536 if (log2 (alignment) == -1)
7537 {
7538 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7539 alignment = 1;
7540 }
7541 }
7542 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7543 {
7544 *input_line_pointer = c;
7545 input_line_pointer++;
7546 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7547 }
7548 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7549 {
7550 *input_line_pointer = c;
7551 input_line_pointer++;
7552 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7553 }
7554 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7555 {
7556 *input_line_pointer = c;
7557 code_only = 1;
7558 }
7559 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7560 {
7561 *input_line_pointer = c;
7562 loadable = 0;
7563 }
7564 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7565 {
7566 *input_line_pointer = c;
7567 common = 1;
7568 }
7569 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7570 {
7571 *input_line_pointer = c;
7572 dup_common = 1;
7573 }
7574 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7575 {
7576 *input_line_pointer = c;
7577 zero = 1;
7578 }
7579 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7580 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7581 else
7582 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7583 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7584 input_line_pointer++;
7585 }
7586 }
7587
7588 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7589 in the .subspace directive. */
7590 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7591 flags = 0;
7592 if (loadable)
7593 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7594 if (code_only)
7595 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7596 if (common || dup_common)
7597 flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7598
7599 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7600
7601 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7602 if (zero)
7603 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7604
7605 applicable &= flags;
7606
7607 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7608 segment already associated with the subspace.
7609
7610 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7611 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7612 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7613 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7614 if (create_new)
7615 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7616 else if (ssd)
7617 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7618 else
7619 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7620
7621 if (zero)
7622 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7623
7624 /* Now set the flags. */
7625 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7626
7627 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7628 record_alignment (section, log2 (alignment));
7629
7630 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7631 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7632 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7633
7634 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7635 or create a new one. */
7636 if (ssd)
7637
7638 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7639 code_only, common, dup_common,
7640 sort, zero, access, space_index,
7641 alignment, quadrant,
7642 section);
7643 else
7644 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7645 code_only, common,
7646 dup_common, zero, sort,
7647 access, space_index,
7648 alignment, quadrant, section);
7649
7650 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7651 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7652 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7653 }
7654 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7655 }
7656
7657 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7658
7659 static void
7660 pa_spaces_begin ()
7661 {
7662 int i;
7663
7664 space_dict_root = NULL;
7665 space_dict_last = NULL;
7666
7667 i = 0;
7668 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7669 {
7670 char *name;
7671
7672 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7673 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7674
7675 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7676 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7677 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7678 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7679 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7680 i++;
7681 }
7682
7683 i = 0;
7684 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7685 {
7686 char *name;
7687 int applicable, subsegment;
7688 asection *segment = NULL;
7689 sd_chain_struct *space;
7690
7691 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7692 subsegment number. */
7693 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7694 subsegment = 0;
7695
7696 /* Create the new section. */
7697 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7698
7699 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7700 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7701 all the built-in subspaces. */
7702 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7703 {
7704 text_section = segment;
7705 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7706 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7707 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7708 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7709 | SEC_READONLY
7710 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7711 }
7712 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7713 {
7714 data_section = segment;
7715 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7716 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7717 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7718 | SEC_RELOC
7719 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7720
7721 }
7722 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7723 {
7724 bss_section = segment;
7725 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7726 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7727 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7728 }
7729 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7730 {
7731 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7732 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7733 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7734 | SEC_RELOC
7735 | SEC_READONLY
7736 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7737 }
7738 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7739 {
7740 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7741 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7742 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7743 | SEC_RELOC
7744 | SEC_READONLY
7745 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7746 }
7747 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7748 {
7749 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7750 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7751 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7752 | SEC_RELOC
7753 | SEC_READONLY
7754 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7755 }
7756
7757 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7758 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7759 def_space_index].segment);
7760 if (space == NULL)
7761 {
7762 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7763 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7764 }
7765
7766 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7767 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7768 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7769 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7770 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7771 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7772 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7773 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7774 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7775 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7776 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7777 segment);
7778 i++;
7779 }
7780 }
7781
7782 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7783 by the given parameters. */
7784
7785 static sd_chain_struct *
7786 create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
7787 sort, seg, user_defined)
7788 char *name;
7789 int spnum;
7790 int loadable;
7791 int defined;
7792 int private;
7793 int sort;
7794 asection *seg;
7795 int user_defined;
7796 {
7797 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7798
7799 chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7800 if (!chain_entry)
7801 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7802 name);
7803
7804 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7805 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7806 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7807 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7808 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7809
7810 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7811 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7812 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7813 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7814
7815 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7816 if (!space_dict_last)
7817 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7818
7819 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7820 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7821 else
7822 {
7823 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7824 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7825
7826 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7827 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7828
7829 while (chain_pointer)
7830 {
7831 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7832 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7833 }
7834
7835 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7836 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7837 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7838 {
7839 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7840 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7841 }
7842 else
7843 {
7844 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7845 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7846 }
7847
7848 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7849 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7850 }
7851
7852 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7853 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7854 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7855 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7856 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7857 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7858 #endif
7859
7860 return chain_entry;
7861 }
7862
7863 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7864 by the given parameters.
7865
7866 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7867 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7868
7869 static ssd_chain_struct *
7870 create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common,
7871 dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
7872 alignment, quadrant, seg)
7873 sd_chain_struct *space;
7874 char *name;
7875 int loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, is_zero;
7876 int sort;
7877 int access;
7878 int space_index;
7879 int alignment;
7880 int quadrant;
7881 asection *seg;
7882 {
7883 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7884
7885 chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7886 if (!chain_entry)
7887 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7888
7889 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7890 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7891
7892 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7893 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7894 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7895
7896 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7897 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7898 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7899
7900 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7901 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7902 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7903 else
7904 {
7905 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7906 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7907
7908 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7909 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7910
7911 while (chain_pointer)
7912 {
7913 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7914 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7915 }
7916
7917 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7918 the links. */
7919 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7920 {
7921 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7922 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7923 }
7924 else
7925 {
7926 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7927 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7928 }
7929 }
7930
7931 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7932 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access,
7933 sort, quadrant);
7934 #endif
7935
7936 return chain_entry;
7937 }
7938
7939 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7940 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7941
7942 static ssd_chain_struct *
7943 update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, sort,
7944 zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
7945 sd_chain_struct *space;
7946 char *name;
7947 int loadable;
7948 int code_only;
7949 int common;
7950 int dup_common;
7951 int zero;
7952 int sort;
7953 int access;
7954 int space_index;
7955 int alignment;
7956 int quadrant;
7957 asection *section;
7958 {
7959 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7960
7961 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7962
7963 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7964 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access,
7965 sort, quadrant);
7966 #endif
7967
7968 return chain_entry;
7969 }
7970
7971 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7972 NULL if no such space exists. */
7973
7974 static sd_chain_struct *
7975 is_defined_space (name)
7976 char *name;
7977 {
7978 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7979
7980 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7981 chain_pointer;
7982 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7983 {
7984 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7985 return chain_pointer;
7986 }
7987
7988 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7989 return NULL;
7990 }
7991
7992 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7993 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7994
7995 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7996 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7997
7998 static sd_chain_struct *
7999 pa_segment_to_space (seg)
8000 asection *seg;
8001 {
8002 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8003
8004 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
8005 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8006 space_chain;
8007 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8008 {
8009 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8010 return space_chain;
8011 }
8012
8013 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
8014 return NULL;
8015 }
8016
8017 /* Return the space chain entry for the subspace with the name NAME or
8018 NULL if no such subspace exists.
8019
8020 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
8021 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
8022 own subspace. */
8023
8024 static ssd_chain_struct *
8025 is_defined_subspace (name)
8026 char *name;
8027 {
8028 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8029 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8030
8031 /* Walk through each space. */
8032 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8033 space_chain;
8034 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8035 {
8036 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
8037 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8038 subspace_chain;
8039 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8040 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
8041 return subspace_chain;
8042 }
8043
8044 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
8045 return NULL;
8046 }
8047
8048 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8049 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8050
8051 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8052 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8053 to become more efficient. */
8054
8055 static ssd_chain_struct *
8056 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
8057 asection *seg;
8058 subsegT subseg;
8059 {
8060 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8061 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8062
8063 /* Walk through each space. */
8064 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8065 space_chain;
8066 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8067 {
8068 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8069 {
8070 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8071 the correct mapping. */
8072 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8073 subspace_chain;
8074 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8075 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8076 return subspace_chain;
8077 }
8078 }
8079
8080 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8081 return NULL;
8082 }
8083
8084 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8085
8086 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8087 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8088
8089 static sd_chain_struct *
8090 pa_find_space_by_number (number)
8091 int number;
8092 {
8093 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8094
8095 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8096 space_chain;
8097 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8098 {
8099 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8100 return space_chain;
8101 }
8102
8103 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8104 return NULL;
8105 }
8106
8107 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8108 address is unknown then return zero. */
8109
8110 static unsigned int
8111 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
8112 sd_chain_struct *space;
8113 int quadrant;
8114 {
8115 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8116 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8117 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8118 return 0x40000000;
8119 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8120 return 0x40000000;
8121 else
8122 return 0;
8123 return 0;
8124 }
8125
8126 /* FIXME. Needs documentation. */
8127 static int
8128 pa_next_subseg (space)
8129 sd_chain_struct *space;
8130 {
8131
8132 space->sd_last_subseg++;
8133 return space->sd_last_subseg;
8134 }
8135 #endif
8136
8137 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8138 a string. */
8139
8140 static unsigned int
8141 pa_stringer_aux (s)
8142 char *s;
8143 {
8144 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8145
8146 switch (c)
8147 {
8148 case '\"':
8149 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8150 break;
8151 default:
8152 break;
8153 }
8154 return c;
8155 }
8156
8157 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8158
8159 static void
8160 pa_stringer (append_zero)
8161 int append_zero;
8162 {
8163 char *s, num_buf[4];
8164 unsigned int c;
8165 int i;
8166
8167 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8168 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8169 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8170
8171 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8172 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8173 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8174 #endif
8175
8176 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8177 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8178
8179 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8180 {
8181 if (c == '\\')
8182 {
8183 c = *s;
8184 switch (c)
8185 {
8186 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8187 case 'x':
8188 {
8189 unsigned int number;
8190 int num_digit;
8191 char dg;
8192 char *s_start = s;
8193
8194 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8195 s++;
8196 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8197 num_digit < 2
8198 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8199 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8200 num_digit++)
8201 {
8202 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8203 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8204 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8205 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8206 else
8207 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8208
8209 s++;
8210 dg = *s;
8211 }
8212 if (num_digit > 0)
8213 {
8214 switch (num_digit)
8215 {
8216 case 1:
8217 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8218 break;
8219 case 2:
8220 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8221 break;
8222 }
8223 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8224 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8225 }
8226 break;
8227 }
8228 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8229 default:
8230 s++;
8231 break;
8232 }
8233 }
8234 }
8235 stringer (append_zero);
8236 pa_undefine_label ();
8237 }
8238
8239 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8240
8241 static void
8242 pa_version (unused)
8243 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8244 {
8245 obj_version (0);
8246 pa_undefine_label ();
8247 }
8248
8249 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8250
8251 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8252
8253 static void
8254 pa_compiler (unused)
8255 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8256 {
8257 obj_som_compiler (0);
8258 pa_undefine_label ();
8259 }
8260
8261 #endif
8262
8263 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8264
8265 static void
8266 pa_copyright (unused)
8267 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8268 {
8269 obj_copyright (0);
8270 pa_undefine_label ();
8271 }
8272
8273 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8274 the latest space label. */
8275
8276 static void
8277 pa_cons (nbytes)
8278 int nbytes;
8279 {
8280 cons (nbytes);
8281 pa_undefine_label ();
8282 }
8283
8284 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8285
8286 static void
8287 pa_float_cons (float_type)
8288 int float_type;
8289 {
8290 float_cons (float_type);
8291 pa_undefine_label ();
8292 }
8293
8294 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8295
8296 static void
8297 pa_fill (unused)
8298 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8299 {
8300 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8301 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8302 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8303 #endif
8304
8305 s_fill (0);
8306 pa_undefine_label ();
8307 }
8308
8309 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8310
8311 static void
8312 pa_lcomm (needs_align)
8313 int needs_align;
8314 {
8315 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8316 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8317 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8318 #endif
8319
8320 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8321 pa_undefine_label ();
8322 }
8323
8324 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8325
8326 static void
8327 pa_lsym (unused)
8328 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8329 {
8330 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8331 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8332 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8333 #endif
8334
8335 s_lsym (0);
8336 pa_undefine_label ();
8337 }
8338
8339 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8340 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8341 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8342
8343 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8344 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8345 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8346 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8347 with the address of "foo").
8348
8349 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8350 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8351 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8352
8353 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8354 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8355 selectors).
8356
8357 Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8358 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors.
8359
8360 FIXME. Also reject R_HPPA relocations which are 32bits wide in
8361 the code space. The SOM BFD backend doesn't know how to pull the
8362 right bits out of an instruction. */
8363
8364 int
8365 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
8366 fixS *fixp;
8367 {
8368 reloc_type code;
8369 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8370
8371 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8372
8373 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8374 /* Reject reductions of symbols in 32bit relocs. */
8375 if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA && hppa_fix->fx_r_format == 32)
8376 return 0;
8377 #endif
8378
8379 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8380 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8381 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8382 even if they occur with a different selector. */
8383 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
8384 hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8385 hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8386
8387 switch (code)
8388 {
8389 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
8390 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
8391 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8392 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
8393 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8394
8395 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
8396 case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8397 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8398 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8399 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
8400 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8401 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8402 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8403 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8404 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8405 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
8406 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8407 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8408 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
8409
8410 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
8411 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8412 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8413 return 0;
8414 default:
8415 break;
8416 }
8417 #endif
8418
8419 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8420 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8421
8422 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8423 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8424 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8425 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8426 && fixp->fx_subsy
8427 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8428 return 0;
8429
8430 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8431
8432 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8433 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8434 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8435 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8436 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8437 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8438 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8439 sum to the right value.
8440
8441 eg. Suppose we have
8442 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8443 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8444 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8445
8446 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8447 reducing to the section symbol we get
8448 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8449 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8450 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8451 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8452 mutiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8453
8454 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8455 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8456 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8457 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8458 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8459
8460 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8461 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8462 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8463 return 0;
8464
8465 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8466 relocations with plabels. */
8467 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8468 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8469 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8470 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8471 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8472 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8473 return 0;
8474
8475 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8476 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8477 return 0;
8478
8479 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8480 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8481 return 0;
8482
8483 return 1;
8484 }
8485
8486 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8487 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8488 within GAS. */
8489
8490 int
8491 hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
8492 struct fix *fixp;
8493 {
8494 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8495
8496 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8497 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8498 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8499 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8500 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8501 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8502 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8503 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8504 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8505 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8506 return 1;
8507 #endif
8508 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8509 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8510 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8511 return 1;
8512 #endif
8513
8514 assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8515
8516 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8517 linking works. */
8518 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
8519 return 1;
8520
8521 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8522 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8523 call stub. */
8524 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8525 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8526 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8527 return 1;
8528
8529 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8530 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8531 {
8532 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8533 valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
8534
8535 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8536
8537 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
8538 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
8539 min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8540 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8541 if (last_call_info != NULL)
8542 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
8543 #endif
8544
8545 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8546 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8547 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8548 && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8549 && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8550 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8551 && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8552 && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
8553 )
8554 return 1;
8555 }
8556
8557 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8558 return 1;
8559
8560 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8561 return 0;
8562 }
8563
8564 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8565 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8566 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
8567 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
8568
8569 static void
8570 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
8571 {
8572 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
8573 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
8574 char *name;
8575
8576 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
8577 {
8578 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
8579 or other problems. */
8580 return;
8581 }
8582
8583 name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
8584 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
8585 + 1);
8586 if (name)
8587 {
8588 symbolS *symbolP;
8589
8590 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
8591 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
8592
8593 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
8594 symbol will have already been defined. */
8595 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
8596 if (symbolP)
8597 {
8598 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
8599 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
8600
8601 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
8602 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
8603 xfree (name);
8604 }
8605 else
8606 {
8607 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
8608 last instruction of the function */
8609 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
8610 frag_now);
8611
8612 assert (symbolP);
8613 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
8614 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
8615 }
8616
8617 if (symbolP)
8618 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
8619 else
8620 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
8621
8622 }
8623 else
8624 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
8625
8626 }
8627
8628 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8629 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8630 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8631 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8632
8633 void
8634 elf_hppa_final_processing ()
8635 {
8636 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8637
8638 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8639 call_info_pointer;
8640 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8641 {
8642 elf_symbol_type *esym
8643 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8644 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8645 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8646 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8647 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8648 }
8649 }
8650
8651 static void
8652 pa_vtable_entry (ignore)
8653 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8654 {
8655 struct fix *new_fix;
8656
8657 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8658
8659 if (new_fix)
8660 {
8661 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8662 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8663 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8664 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8665 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8666 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8667 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8668 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8669 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8670 }
8671 }
8672
8673 static void
8674 pa_vtable_inherit (ignore)
8675 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8676 {
8677 struct fix *new_fix;
8678
8679 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8680
8681 if (new_fix)
8682 {
8683 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8684 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8685 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8686 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8687 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8688 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8689 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8690 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8691 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8692 }
8693 }
8694 #endif
GDB Binutils - Deliverables
This page took 0.213389 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.